| /* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-only */ |
| /* |
| * mac80211 <-> driver interface |
| * |
| * Copyright 2002-2005, Devicescape Software, Inc. |
| * Copyright 2006-2007 Jiri Benc <jbenc@suse.cz> |
| * Copyright 2007-2010 Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
| * Copyright 2013-2014 Intel Mobile Communications GmbH |
| * Copyright (C) 2015 - 2017 Intel Deutschland GmbH |
| * Copyright (C) 2018 - 2022 Intel Corporation |
| */ |
| |
| #ifndef MAC80211_H |
| #define MAC80211_H |
| |
| #include <linux/bug.h> |
| #include <linux/kernel.h> |
| #include <linux/if_ether.h> |
| #include <linux/skbuff.h> |
| #include <linux/ieee80211.h> |
| #include <linux/lockdep.h> |
| #include <net/cfg80211.h> |
| #include <net/codel.h> |
| #include <net/ieee80211_radiotap.h> |
| #include <asm/unaligned.h> |
| |
| /** |
| * DOC: Introduction |
| * |
| * mac80211 is the Linux stack for 802.11 hardware that implements |
| * only partial functionality in hard- or firmware. This document |
| * defines the interface between mac80211 and low-level hardware |
| * drivers. |
| */ |
| |
| /** |
| * DOC: Calling mac80211 from interrupts |
| * |
| * Only ieee80211_tx_status_irqsafe() and ieee80211_rx_irqsafe() can be |
| * called in hardware interrupt context. The low-level driver must not call any |
| * other functions in hardware interrupt context. If there is a need for such |
| * call, the low-level driver should first ACK the interrupt and perform the |
| * IEEE 802.11 code call after this, e.g. from a scheduled workqueue or even |
| * tasklet function. |
| * |
| * NOTE: If the driver opts to use the _irqsafe() functions, it may not also |
| * use the non-IRQ-safe functions! |
| */ |
| |
| /** |
| * DOC: Warning |
| * |
| * If you're reading this document and not the header file itself, it will |
| * be incomplete because not all documentation has been converted yet. |
| */ |
| |
| /** |
| * DOC: Frame format |
| * |
| * As a general rule, when frames are passed between mac80211 and the driver, |
| * they start with the IEEE 802.11 header and include the same octets that are |
| * sent over the air except for the FCS which should be calculated by the |
| * hardware. |
| * |
| * There are, however, various exceptions to this rule for advanced features: |
| * |
| * The first exception is for hardware encryption and decryption offload |
| * where the IV/ICV may or may not be generated in hardware. |
| * |
| * Secondly, when the hardware handles fragmentation, the frame handed to |
| * the driver from mac80211 is the MSDU, not the MPDU. |
| */ |
| |
| /** |
| * DOC: mac80211 workqueue |
| * |
| * mac80211 provides its own workqueue for drivers and internal mac80211 use. |
| * The workqueue is a single threaded workqueue and can only be accessed by |
| * helpers for sanity checking. Drivers must ensure all work added onto the |
| * mac80211 workqueue should be cancelled on the driver stop() callback. |
| * |
| * mac80211 will flushed the workqueue upon interface removal and during |
| * suspend. |
| * |
| * All work performed on the mac80211 workqueue must not acquire the RTNL lock. |
| * |
| */ |
| |
| /** |
| * DOC: mac80211 software tx queueing |
| * |
| * mac80211 uses an intermediate queueing implementation, designed to allow the |
| * driver to keep hardware queues short and to provide some fairness between |
| * different stations/interfaces. |
| * |
| * Drivers must provide the .wake_tx_queue driver operation by either |
| * linking it to ieee80211_handle_wake_tx_queue() or implementing a custom |
| * handler. |
| * |
| * Intermediate queues (struct ieee80211_txq) are kept per-sta per-tid, with |
| * another per-sta for non-data/non-mgmt and bufferable management frames, and |
| * a single per-vif queue for multicast data frames. |
| * |
| * The driver is expected to initialize its private per-queue data for stations |
| * and interfaces in the .add_interface and .sta_add ops. |
| * |
| * The driver can't access the internal TX queues (iTXQs) directly. |
| * Whenever mac80211 adds a new frame to a queue, it calls the .wake_tx_queue |
| * driver op. |
| * Drivers implementing a custom .wake_tx_queue op can get them by calling |
| * ieee80211_tx_dequeue(). Drivers using ieee80211_handle_wake_tx_queue() will |
| * simply get the individual frames pushed via the .tx driver operation. |
| * |
| * Drivers can optionally delegate responsibility for scheduling queues to |
| * mac80211, to take advantage of airtime fairness accounting. In this case, to |
| * obtain the next queue to pull frames from, the driver calls |
| * ieee80211_next_txq(). The driver is then expected to return the txq using |
| * ieee80211_return_txq(). |
| * |
| * For AP powersave TIM handling, the driver only needs to indicate if it has |
| * buffered packets in the driver specific data structures by calling |
| * ieee80211_sta_set_buffered(). For frames buffered in the ieee80211_txq |
| * struct, mac80211 sets the appropriate TIM PVB bits and calls |
| * .release_buffered_frames(). |
| * In that callback the driver is therefore expected to release its own |
| * buffered frames and afterwards also frames from the ieee80211_txq (obtained |
| * via the usual ieee80211_tx_dequeue). |
| */ |
| |
| /** |
| * DOC: HW timestamping |
| * |
| * Timing Measurement and Fine Timing Measurement require accurate timestamps |
| * of the action frames TX/RX and their respective acks. |
| * |
| * To report hardware timestamps for Timing Measurement or Fine Timing |
| * Measurement frame RX, the low level driver should set the SKB's hwtstamp |
| * field to the frame RX timestamp and report the ack TX timestamp in the |
| * ieee80211_rx_status struct. |
| * |
| * Similarly, To report hardware timestamps for Timing Measurement or Fine |
| * Timing Measurement frame TX, the driver should set the SKB's hwtstamp field |
| * to the frame TX timestamp and report the ack RX timestamp in the |
| * ieee80211_tx_status struct. |
| */ |
| struct device; |
| |
| /** |
| * enum ieee80211_max_queues - maximum number of queues |
| * |
| * @IEEE80211_MAX_QUEUES: Maximum number of regular device queues. |
| * @IEEE80211_MAX_QUEUE_MAP: bitmap with maximum queues set |
| */ |
| enum ieee80211_max_queues { |
| IEEE80211_MAX_QUEUES = 16, |
| IEEE80211_MAX_QUEUE_MAP = BIT(IEEE80211_MAX_QUEUES) - 1, |
| }; |
| |
| #define IEEE80211_INVAL_HW_QUEUE 0xff |
| |
| /** |
| * enum ieee80211_ac_numbers - AC numbers as used in mac80211 |
| * @IEEE80211_AC_VO: voice |
| * @IEEE80211_AC_VI: video |
| * @IEEE80211_AC_BE: best effort |
| * @IEEE80211_AC_BK: background |
| */ |
| enum ieee80211_ac_numbers { |
| IEEE80211_AC_VO = 0, |
| IEEE80211_AC_VI = 1, |
| IEEE80211_AC_BE = 2, |
| IEEE80211_AC_BK = 3, |
| }; |
| |
| /** |
| * struct ieee80211_tx_queue_params - transmit queue configuration |
| * |
| * The information provided in this structure is required for QoS |
| * transmit queue configuration. Cf. IEEE 802.11 7.3.2.29. |
| * |
| * @aifs: arbitration interframe space [0..255] |
| * @cw_min: minimum contention window [a value of the form |
| * 2^n-1 in the range 1..32767] |
| * @cw_max: maximum contention window [like @cw_min] |
| * @txop: maximum burst time in units of 32 usecs, 0 meaning disabled |
| * @acm: is mandatory admission control required for the access category |
| * @uapsd: is U-APSD mode enabled for the queue |
| * @mu_edca: is the MU EDCA configured |
| * @mu_edca_param_rec: MU EDCA Parameter Record for HE |
| */ |
| struct ieee80211_tx_queue_params { |
| u16 txop; |
| u16 cw_min; |
| u16 cw_max; |
| u8 aifs; |
| bool acm; |
| bool uapsd; |
| bool mu_edca; |
| struct ieee80211_he_mu_edca_param_ac_rec mu_edca_param_rec; |
| }; |
| |
| struct ieee80211_low_level_stats { |
| unsigned int dot11ACKFailureCount; |
| unsigned int dot11RTSFailureCount; |
| unsigned int dot11FCSErrorCount; |
| unsigned int dot11RTSSuccessCount; |
| }; |
| |
| /** |
| * enum ieee80211_chanctx_change - change flag for channel context |
| * @IEEE80211_CHANCTX_CHANGE_WIDTH: The channel width changed |
| * @IEEE80211_CHANCTX_CHANGE_RX_CHAINS: The number of RX chains changed |
| * @IEEE80211_CHANCTX_CHANGE_RADAR: radar detection flag changed |
| * @IEEE80211_CHANCTX_CHANGE_CHANNEL: switched to another operating channel, |
| * this is used only with channel switching with CSA |
| * @IEEE80211_CHANCTX_CHANGE_MIN_WIDTH: The min required channel width changed |
| */ |
| enum ieee80211_chanctx_change { |
| IEEE80211_CHANCTX_CHANGE_WIDTH = BIT(0), |
| IEEE80211_CHANCTX_CHANGE_RX_CHAINS = BIT(1), |
| IEEE80211_CHANCTX_CHANGE_RADAR = BIT(2), |
| IEEE80211_CHANCTX_CHANGE_CHANNEL = BIT(3), |
| IEEE80211_CHANCTX_CHANGE_MIN_WIDTH = BIT(4), |
| }; |
| |
| /** |
| * struct ieee80211_chanctx_conf - channel context that vifs may be tuned to |
| * |
| * This is the driver-visible part. The ieee80211_chanctx |
| * that contains it is visible in mac80211 only. |
| * |
| * @def: the channel definition |
| * @min_def: the minimum channel definition currently required. |
| * @rx_chains_static: The number of RX chains that must always be |
| * active on the channel to receive MIMO transmissions |
| * @rx_chains_dynamic: The number of RX chains that must be enabled |
| * after RTS/CTS handshake to receive SMPS MIMO transmissions; |
| * this will always be >= @rx_chains_static. |
| * @radar_enabled: whether radar detection is enabled on this channel. |
| * @drv_priv: data area for driver use, will always be aligned to |
| * sizeof(void *), size is determined in hw information. |
| */ |
| struct ieee80211_chanctx_conf { |
| struct cfg80211_chan_def def; |
| struct cfg80211_chan_def min_def; |
| |
| u8 rx_chains_static, rx_chains_dynamic; |
| |
| bool radar_enabled; |
| |
| u8 drv_priv[] __aligned(sizeof(void *)); |
| }; |
| |
| /** |
| * enum ieee80211_chanctx_switch_mode - channel context switch mode |
| * @CHANCTX_SWMODE_REASSIGN_VIF: Both old and new contexts already |
| * exist (and will continue to exist), but the virtual interface |
| * needs to be switched from one to the other. |
| * @CHANCTX_SWMODE_SWAP_CONTEXTS: The old context exists but will stop |
| * to exist with this call, the new context doesn't exist but |
| * will be active after this call, the virtual interface switches |
| * from the old to the new (note that the driver may of course |
| * implement this as an on-the-fly chandef switch of the existing |
| * hardware context, but the mac80211 pointer for the old context |
| * will cease to exist and only the new one will later be used |
| * for changes/removal.) |
| */ |
| enum ieee80211_chanctx_switch_mode { |
| CHANCTX_SWMODE_REASSIGN_VIF, |
| CHANCTX_SWMODE_SWAP_CONTEXTS, |
| }; |
| |
| /** |
| * struct ieee80211_vif_chanctx_switch - vif chanctx switch information |
| * |
| * This is structure is used to pass information about a vif that |
| * needs to switch from one chanctx to another. The |
| * &ieee80211_chanctx_switch_mode defines how the switch should be |
| * done. |
| * |
| * @vif: the vif that should be switched from old_ctx to new_ctx |
| * @link_conf: the link conf that's switching |
| * @old_ctx: the old context to which the vif was assigned |
| * @new_ctx: the new context to which the vif must be assigned |
| */ |
| struct ieee80211_vif_chanctx_switch { |
| struct ieee80211_vif *vif; |
| struct ieee80211_bss_conf *link_conf; |
| struct ieee80211_chanctx_conf *old_ctx; |
| struct ieee80211_chanctx_conf *new_ctx; |
| }; |
| |
| /** |
| * enum ieee80211_bss_change - BSS change notification flags |
| * |
| * These flags are used with the bss_info_changed(), link_info_changed() |
| * and vif_cfg_changed() callbacks to indicate which parameter(s) changed. |
| * |
| * @BSS_CHANGED_ASSOC: association status changed (associated/disassociated), |
| * also implies a change in the AID. |
| * @BSS_CHANGED_ERP_CTS_PROT: CTS protection changed |
| * @BSS_CHANGED_ERP_PREAMBLE: preamble changed |
| * @BSS_CHANGED_ERP_SLOT: slot timing changed |
| * @BSS_CHANGED_HT: 802.11n parameters changed |
| * @BSS_CHANGED_BASIC_RATES: Basic rateset changed |
| * @BSS_CHANGED_BEACON_INT: Beacon interval changed |
| * @BSS_CHANGED_BSSID: BSSID changed, for whatever |
| * reason (IBSS and managed mode) |
| * @BSS_CHANGED_BEACON: Beacon data changed, retrieve |
| * new beacon (beaconing modes) |
| * @BSS_CHANGED_BEACON_ENABLED: Beaconing should be |
| * enabled/disabled (beaconing modes) |
| * @BSS_CHANGED_CQM: Connection quality monitor config changed |
| * @BSS_CHANGED_IBSS: IBSS join status changed |
| * @BSS_CHANGED_ARP_FILTER: Hardware ARP filter address list or state changed. |
| * @BSS_CHANGED_QOS: QoS for this association was enabled/disabled. Note |
| * that it is only ever disabled for station mode. |
| * @BSS_CHANGED_IDLE: Idle changed for this BSS/interface. |
| * @BSS_CHANGED_SSID: SSID changed for this BSS (AP and IBSS mode) |
| * @BSS_CHANGED_AP_PROBE_RESP: Probe Response changed for this BSS (AP mode) |
| * @BSS_CHANGED_PS: PS changed for this BSS (STA mode) |
| * @BSS_CHANGED_TXPOWER: TX power setting changed for this interface |
| * @BSS_CHANGED_P2P_PS: P2P powersave settings (CTWindow, opportunistic PS) |
| * changed |
| * @BSS_CHANGED_BEACON_INFO: Data from the AP's beacon became available: |
| * currently dtim_period only is under consideration. |
| * @BSS_CHANGED_BANDWIDTH: The bandwidth used by this interface changed, |
| * note that this is only called when it changes after the channel |
| * context had been assigned. |
| * @BSS_CHANGED_OCB: OCB join status changed |
| * @BSS_CHANGED_MU_GROUPS: VHT MU-MIMO group id or user position changed |
| * @BSS_CHANGED_KEEP_ALIVE: keep alive options (idle period or protected |
| * keep alive) changed. |
| * @BSS_CHANGED_MCAST_RATE: Multicast Rate setting changed for this interface |
| * @BSS_CHANGED_FTM_RESPONDER: fine timing measurement request responder |
| * functionality changed for this BSS (AP mode). |
| * @BSS_CHANGED_TWT: TWT status changed |
| * @BSS_CHANGED_HE_OBSS_PD: OBSS Packet Detection status changed. |
| * @BSS_CHANGED_HE_BSS_COLOR: BSS Color has changed |
| * @BSS_CHANGED_FILS_DISCOVERY: FILS discovery status changed. |
| * @BSS_CHANGED_UNSOL_BCAST_PROBE_RESP: Unsolicited broadcast probe response |
| * status changed. |
| * @BSS_CHANGED_EHT_PUNCTURING: The channel puncturing bitmap changed. |
| */ |
| enum ieee80211_bss_change { |
| BSS_CHANGED_ASSOC = 1<<0, |
| BSS_CHANGED_ERP_CTS_PROT = 1<<1, |
| BSS_CHANGED_ERP_PREAMBLE = 1<<2, |
| BSS_CHANGED_ERP_SLOT = 1<<3, |
| BSS_CHANGED_HT = 1<<4, |
| BSS_CHANGED_BASIC_RATES = 1<<5, |
| BSS_CHANGED_BEACON_INT = 1<<6, |
| BSS_CHANGED_BSSID = 1<<7, |
| BSS_CHANGED_BEACON = 1<<8, |
| BSS_CHANGED_BEACON_ENABLED = 1<<9, |
| BSS_CHANGED_CQM = 1<<10, |
| BSS_CHANGED_IBSS = 1<<11, |
| BSS_CHANGED_ARP_FILTER = 1<<12, |
| BSS_CHANGED_QOS = 1<<13, |
| BSS_CHANGED_IDLE = 1<<14, |
| BSS_CHANGED_SSID = 1<<15, |
| BSS_CHANGED_AP_PROBE_RESP = 1<<16, |
| BSS_CHANGED_PS = 1<<17, |
| BSS_CHANGED_TXPOWER = 1<<18, |
| BSS_CHANGED_P2P_PS = 1<<19, |
| BSS_CHANGED_BEACON_INFO = 1<<20, |
| BSS_CHANGED_BANDWIDTH = 1<<21, |
| BSS_CHANGED_OCB = 1<<22, |
| BSS_CHANGED_MU_GROUPS = 1<<23, |
| BSS_CHANGED_KEEP_ALIVE = 1<<24, |
| BSS_CHANGED_MCAST_RATE = 1<<25, |
| BSS_CHANGED_FTM_RESPONDER = 1<<26, |
| BSS_CHANGED_TWT = 1<<27, |
| BSS_CHANGED_HE_OBSS_PD = 1<<28, |
| BSS_CHANGED_HE_BSS_COLOR = 1<<29, |
| BSS_CHANGED_FILS_DISCOVERY = 1<<30, |
| BSS_CHANGED_UNSOL_BCAST_PROBE_RESP = 1<<31, |
| BSS_CHANGED_EHT_PUNCTURING = BIT_ULL(32), |
| |
| /* when adding here, make sure to change ieee80211_reconfig */ |
| }; |
| |
| /* |
| * The maximum number of IPv4 addresses listed for ARP filtering. If the number |
| * of addresses for an interface increase beyond this value, hardware ARP |
| * filtering will be disabled. |
| */ |
| #define IEEE80211_BSS_ARP_ADDR_LIST_LEN 4 |
| |
| /** |
| * enum ieee80211_event_type - event to be notified to the low level driver |
| * @RSSI_EVENT: AP's rssi crossed the a threshold set by the driver. |
| * @MLME_EVENT: event related to MLME |
| * @BAR_RX_EVENT: a BAR was received |
| * @BA_FRAME_TIMEOUT: Frames were released from the reordering buffer because |
| * they timed out. This won't be called for each frame released, but only |
| * once each time the timeout triggers. |
| */ |
| enum ieee80211_event_type { |
| RSSI_EVENT, |
| MLME_EVENT, |
| BAR_RX_EVENT, |
| BA_FRAME_TIMEOUT, |
| }; |
| |
| /** |
| * enum ieee80211_rssi_event_data - relevant when event type is %RSSI_EVENT |
| * @RSSI_EVENT_HIGH: AP's rssi went below the threshold set by the driver. |
| * @RSSI_EVENT_LOW: AP's rssi went above the threshold set by the driver. |
| */ |
| enum ieee80211_rssi_event_data { |
| RSSI_EVENT_HIGH, |
| RSSI_EVENT_LOW, |
| }; |
| |
| /** |
| * struct ieee80211_rssi_event - data attached to an %RSSI_EVENT |
| * @data: See &enum ieee80211_rssi_event_data |
| */ |
| struct ieee80211_rssi_event { |
| enum ieee80211_rssi_event_data data; |
| }; |
| |
| /** |
| * enum ieee80211_mlme_event_data - relevant when event type is %MLME_EVENT |
| * @AUTH_EVENT: the MLME operation is authentication |
| * @ASSOC_EVENT: the MLME operation is association |
| * @DEAUTH_RX_EVENT: deauth received.. |
| * @DEAUTH_TX_EVENT: deauth sent. |
| */ |
| enum ieee80211_mlme_event_data { |
| AUTH_EVENT, |
| ASSOC_EVENT, |
| DEAUTH_RX_EVENT, |
| DEAUTH_TX_EVENT, |
| }; |
| |
| /** |
| * enum ieee80211_mlme_event_status - relevant when event type is %MLME_EVENT |
| * @MLME_SUCCESS: the MLME operation completed successfully. |
| * @MLME_DENIED: the MLME operation was denied by the peer. |
| * @MLME_TIMEOUT: the MLME operation timed out. |
| */ |
| enum ieee80211_mlme_event_status { |
| MLME_SUCCESS, |
| MLME_DENIED, |
| MLME_TIMEOUT, |
| }; |
| |
| /** |
| * struct ieee80211_mlme_event - data attached to an %MLME_EVENT |
| * @data: See &enum ieee80211_mlme_event_data |
| * @status: See &enum ieee80211_mlme_event_status |
| * @reason: the reason code if applicable |
| */ |
| struct ieee80211_mlme_event { |
| enum ieee80211_mlme_event_data data; |
| enum ieee80211_mlme_event_status status; |
| u16 reason; |
| }; |
| |
| /** |
| * struct ieee80211_ba_event - data attached for BlockAck related events |
| * @sta: pointer to the &ieee80211_sta to which this event relates |
| * @tid: the tid |
| * @ssn: the starting sequence number (for %BAR_RX_EVENT) |
| */ |
| struct ieee80211_ba_event { |
| struct ieee80211_sta *sta; |
| u16 tid; |
| u16 ssn; |
| }; |
| |
| /** |
| * struct ieee80211_event - event to be sent to the driver |
| * @type: The event itself. See &enum ieee80211_event_type. |
| * @rssi: relevant if &type is %RSSI_EVENT |
| * @mlme: relevant if &type is %AUTH_EVENT |
| * @ba: relevant if &type is %BAR_RX_EVENT or %BA_FRAME_TIMEOUT |
| * @u:union holding the fields above |
| */ |
| struct ieee80211_event { |
| enum ieee80211_event_type type; |
| union { |
| struct ieee80211_rssi_event rssi; |
| struct ieee80211_mlme_event mlme; |
| struct ieee80211_ba_event ba; |
| } u; |
| }; |
| |
| /** |
| * struct ieee80211_mu_group_data - STA's VHT MU-MIMO group data |
| * |
| * This structure describes the group id data of VHT MU-MIMO |
| * |
| * @membership: 64 bits array - a bit is set if station is member of the group |
| * @position: 2 bits per group id indicating the position in the group |
| */ |
| struct ieee80211_mu_group_data { |
| u8 membership[WLAN_MEMBERSHIP_LEN]; |
| u8 position[WLAN_USER_POSITION_LEN]; |
| }; |
| |
| /** |
| * struct ieee80211_ftm_responder_params - FTM responder parameters |
| * |
| * @lci: LCI subelement content |
| * @civicloc: CIVIC location subelement content |
| * @lci_len: LCI data length |
| * @civicloc_len: Civic data length |
| */ |
| struct ieee80211_ftm_responder_params { |
| const u8 *lci; |
| const u8 *civicloc; |
| size_t lci_len; |
| size_t civicloc_len; |
| }; |
| |
| /** |
| * struct ieee80211_fils_discovery - FILS discovery parameters from |
| * IEEE Std 802.11ai-2016, Annex C.3 MIB detail. |
| * |
| * @min_interval: Minimum packet interval in TUs (0 - 10000) |
| * @max_interval: Maximum packet interval in TUs (0 - 10000) |
| */ |
| struct ieee80211_fils_discovery { |
| u32 min_interval; |
| u32 max_interval; |
| }; |
| |
| /** |
| * struct ieee80211_bss_conf - holds the BSS's changing parameters |
| * |
| * This structure keeps information about a BSS (and an association |
| * to that BSS) that can change during the lifetime of the BSS. |
| * |
| * @vif: reference to owning VIF |
| * @addr: (link) address used locally |
| * @link_id: link ID, or 0 for non-MLO |
| * @htc_trig_based_pkt_ext: default PE in 4us units, if BSS supports HE |
| * @uora_exists: is the UORA element advertised by AP |
| * @ack_enabled: indicates support to receive a multi-TID that solicits either |
| * ACK, BACK or both |
| * @uora_ocw_range: UORA element's OCW Range field |
| * @frame_time_rts_th: HE duration RTS threshold, in units of 32us |
| * @he_support: does this BSS support HE |
| * @twt_requester: does this BSS support TWT requester (relevant for managed |
| * mode only, set if the AP advertises TWT responder role) |
| * @twt_responder: does this BSS support TWT requester (relevant for managed |
| * mode only, set if the AP advertises TWT responder role) |
| * @twt_protected: does this BSS support protected TWT frames |
| * @twt_broadcast: does this BSS support broadcast TWT |
| * @use_cts_prot: use CTS protection |
| * @use_short_preamble: use 802.11b short preamble |
| * @use_short_slot: use short slot time (only relevant for ERP) |
| * @dtim_period: num of beacons before the next DTIM, for beaconing, |
| * valid in station mode only if after the driver was notified |
| * with the %BSS_CHANGED_BEACON_INFO flag, will be non-zero then. |
| * @sync_tsf: last beacon's/probe response's TSF timestamp (could be old |
| * as it may have been received during scanning long ago). If the |
| * HW flag %IEEE80211_HW_TIMING_BEACON_ONLY is set, then this can |
| * only come from a beacon, but might not become valid until after |
| * association when a beacon is received (which is notified with the |
| * %BSS_CHANGED_DTIM flag.). See also sync_dtim_count important notice. |
| * @sync_device_ts: the device timestamp corresponding to the sync_tsf, |
| * the driver/device can use this to calculate synchronisation |
| * (see @sync_tsf). See also sync_dtim_count important notice. |
| * @sync_dtim_count: Only valid when %IEEE80211_HW_TIMING_BEACON_ONLY |
| * is requested, see @sync_tsf/@sync_device_ts. |
| * IMPORTANT: These three sync_* parameters would possibly be out of sync |
| * by the time the driver will use them. The synchronized view is currently |
| * guaranteed only in certain callbacks. |
| * Note also that this is not used with MLD associations, mac80211 doesn't |
| * know how to track beacons for all of the links for this. |
| * @beacon_int: beacon interval |
| * @assoc_capability: capabilities taken from assoc resp |
| * @basic_rates: bitmap of basic rates, each bit stands for an |
| * index into the rate table configured by the driver in |
| * the current band. |
| * @beacon_rate: associated AP's beacon TX rate |
| * @mcast_rate: per-band multicast rate index + 1 (0: disabled) |
| * @bssid: The BSSID for this BSS |
| * @enable_beacon: whether beaconing should be enabled or not |
| * @chandef: Channel definition for this BSS -- the hardware might be |
| * configured a higher bandwidth than this BSS uses, for example. |
| * @mu_group: VHT MU-MIMO group membership data |
| * @ht_operation_mode: HT operation mode like in &struct ieee80211_ht_operation. |
| * This field is only valid when the channel is a wide HT/VHT channel. |
| * Note that with TDLS this can be the case (channel is HT, protection must |
| * be used from this field) even when the BSS association isn't using HT. |
| * @cqm_rssi_thold: Connection quality monitor RSSI threshold, a zero value |
| * implies disabled. As with the cfg80211 callback, a change here should |
| * cause an event to be sent indicating where the current value is in |
| * relation to the newly configured threshold. |
| * @cqm_rssi_low: Connection quality monitor RSSI lower threshold, a zero value |
| * implies disabled. This is an alternative mechanism to the single |
| * threshold event and can't be enabled simultaneously with it. |
| * @cqm_rssi_high: Connection quality monitor RSSI upper threshold. |
| * @cqm_rssi_hyst: Connection quality monitor RSSI hysteresis |
| * @qos: This is a QoS-enabled BSS. |
| * @hidden_ssid: The SSID of the current vif is hidden. Only valid in AP-mode. |
| * @txpower: TX power in dBm. INT_MIN means not configured. |
| * @txpower_type: TX power adjustment used to control per packet Transmit |
| * Power Control (TPC) in lower driver for the current vif. In particular |
| * TPC is enabled if value passed in %txpower_type is |
| * NL80211_TX_POWER_LIMITED (allow using less than specified from |
| * userspace), whereas TPC is disabled if %txpower_type is set to |
| * NL80211_TX_POWER_FIXED (use value configured from userspace) |
| * @p2p_noa_attr: P2P NoA attribute for P2P powersave |
| * @allow_p2p_go_ps: indication for AP or P2P GO interface, whether it's allowed |
| * to use P2P PS mechanism or not. AP/P2P GO is not allowed to use P2P PS |
| * if it has associated clients without P2P PS support. |
| * @max_idle_period: the time period during which the station can refrain from |
| * transmitting frames to its associated AP without being disassociated. |
| * In units of 1000 TUs. Zero value indicates that the AP did not include |
| * a (valid) BSS Max Idle Period Element. |
| * @protected_keep_alive: if set, indicates that the station should send an RSN |
| * protected frame to the AP to reset the idle timer at the AP for the |
| * station. |
| * @ftm_responder: whether to enable or disable fine timing measurement FTM |
| * responder functionality. |
| * @ftmr_params: configurable lci/civic parameter when enabling FTM responder. |
| * @nontransmitted: this BSS is a nontransmitted BSS profile |
| * @transmitter_bssid: the address of transmitter AP |
| * @bssid_index: index inside the multiple BSSID set |
| * @bssid_indicator: 2^bssid_indicator is the maximum number of APs in set |
| * @ema_ap: AP supports enhancements of discovery and advertisement of |
| * nontransmitted BSSIDs |
| * @profile_periodicity: the least number of beacon frames need to be received |
| * in order to discover all the nontransmitted BSSIDs in the set. |
| * @he_oper: HE operation information of the BSS (AP/Mesh) or of the AP we are |
| * connected to (STA) |
| * @he_obss_pd: OBSS Packet Detection parameters. |
| * @he_bss_color: BSS coloring settings, if BSS supports HE |
| * @fils_discovery: FILS discovery configuration |
| * @unsol_bcast_probe_resp_interval: Unsolicited broadcast probe response |
| * interval. |
| * @beacon_tx_rate: The configured beacon transmit rate that needs to be passed |
| * to driver when rate control is offloaded to firmware. |
| * @power_type: power type of BSS for 6 GHz |
| * @tx_pwr_env: transmit power envelope array of BSS. |
| * @tx_pwr_env_num: number of @tx_pwr_env. |
| * @pwr_reduction: power constraint of BSS. |
| * @eht_support: does this BSS support EHT |
| * @eht_puncturing: bitmap to indicate which channels are punctured in this BSS |
| * @csa_active: marks whether a channel switch is going on. Internally it is |
| * write-protected by sdata_lock and local->mtx so holding either is fine |
| * for read access. |
| * @csa_punct_bitmap: new puncturing bitmap for channel switch |
| * @mu_mimo_owner: indicates interface owns MU-MIMO capability |
| * @chanctx_conf: The channel context this interface is assigned to, or %NULL |
| * when it is not assigned. This pointer is RCU-protected due to the TX |
| * path needing to access it; even though the netdev carrier will always |
| * be off when it is %NULL there can still be races and packets could be |
| * processed after it switches back to %NULL. |
| * @color_change_active: marks whether a color change is ongoing. Internally it is |
| * write-protected by sdata_lock and local->mtx so holding either is fine |
| * for read access. |
| * @color_change_color: the bss color that will be used after the change. |
| * @vht_su_beamformer: in AP mode, does this BSS support operation as an VHT SU |
| * beamformer |
| * @vht_su_beamformee: in AP mode, does this BSS support operation as an VHT SU |
| * beamformee |
| * @vht_mu_beamformer: in AP mode, does this BSS support operation as an VHT MU |
| * beamformer |
| * @vht_mu_beamformee: in AP mode, does this BSS support operation as an VHT MU |
| * beamformee |
| * @he_su_beamformer: in AP-mode, does this BSS support operation as an HE SU |
| * beamformer |
| * @he_su_beamformee: in AP-mode, does this BSS support operation as an HE SU |
| * beamformee |
| * @he_mu_beamformer: in AP-mode, does this BSS support operation as an HE MU |
| * beamformer |
| * @he_full_ul_mumimo: does this BSS support the reception (AP) or transmission |
| * (non-AP STA) of an HE TB PPDU on an RU that spans the entire PPDU |
| * bandwidth |
| */ |
| struct ieee80211_bss_conf { |
| struct ieee80211_vif *vif; |
| |
| const u8 *bssid; |
| unsigned int link_id; |
| u8 addr[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2); |
| u8 htc_trig_based_pkt_ext; |
| bool uora_exists; |
| u8 uora_ocw_range; |
| u16 frame_time_rts_th; |
| bool he_support; |
| bool twt_requester; |
| bool twt_responder; |
| bool twt_protected; |
| bool twt_broadcast; |
| /* erp related data */ |
| bool use_cts_prot; |
| bool use_short_preamble; |
| bool use_short_slot; |
| bool enable_beacon; |
| u8 dtim_period; |
| u16 beacon_int; |
| u16 assoc_capability; |
| u64 sync_tsf; |
| u32 sync_device_ts; |
| u8 sync_dtim_count; |
| u32 basic_rates; |
| struct ieee80211_rate *beacon_rate; |
| int mcast_rate[NUM_NL80211_BANDS]; |
| u16 ht_operation_mode; |
| s32 cqm_rssi_thold; |
| u32 cqm_rssi_hyst; |
| s32 cqm_rssi_low; |
| s32 cqm_rssi_high; |
| struct cfg80211_chan_def chandef; |
| struct ieee80211_mu_group_data mu_group; |
| bool qos; |
| bool hidden_ssid; |
| int txpower; |
| enum nl80211_tx_power_setting txpower_type; |
| struct ieee80211_p2p_noa_attr p2p_noa_attr; |
| bool allow_p2p_go_ps; |
| u16 max_idle_period; |
| bool protected_keep_alive; |
| bool ftm_responder; |
| struct ieee80211_ftm_responder_params *ftmr_params; |
| /* Multiple BSSID data */ |
| bool nontransmitted; |
| u8 transmitter_bssid[ETH_ALEN]; |
| u8 bssid_index; |
| u8 bssid_indicator; |
| bool ema_ap; |
| u8 profile_periodicity; |
| struct { |
| u32 params; |
| u16 nss_set; |
| } he_oper; |
| struct ieee80211_he_obss_pd he_obss_pd; |
| struct cfg80211_he_bss_color he_bss_color; |
| struct ieee80211_fils_discovery fils_discovery; |
| u32 unsol_bcast_probe_resp_interval; |
| struct cfg80211_bitrate_mask beacon_tx_rate; |
| enum ieee80211_ap_reg_power power_type; |
| struct ieee80211_tx_pwr_env tx_pwr_env[IEEE80211_TPE_MAX_IE_COUNT]; |
| u8 tx_pwr_env_num; |
| u8 pwr_reduction; |
| bool eht_support; |
| u16 eht_puncturing; |
| |
| bool csa_active; |
| u16 csa_punct_bitmap; |
| |
| bool mu_mimo_owner; |
| struct ieee80211_chanctx_conf __rcu *chanctx_conf; |
| |
| bool color_change_active; |
| u8 color_change_color; |
| |
| bool vht_su_beamformer; |
| bool vht_su_beamformee; |
| bool vht_mu_beamformer; |
| bool vht_mu_beamformee; |
| bool he_su_beamformer; |
| bool he_su_beamformee; |
| bool he_mu_beamformer; |
| bool he_full_ul_mumimo; |
| }; |
| |
| /** |
| * enum mac80211_tx_info_flags - flags to describe transmission information/status |
| * |
| * These flags are used with the @flags member of &ieee80211_tx_info. |
| * |
| * @IEEE80211_TX_CTL_REQ_TX_STATUS: require TX status callback for this frame. |
| * @IEEE80211_TX_CTL_ASSIGN_SEQ: The driver has to assign a sequence |
| * number to this frame, taking care of not overwriting the fragment |
| * number and increasing the sequence number only when the |
| * IEEE80211_TX_CTL_FIRST_FRAGMENT flag is set. mac80211 will properly |
| * assign sequence numbers to QoS-data frames but cannot do so correctly |
| * for non-QoS-data and management frames because beacons need them from |
| * that counter as well and mac80211 cannot guarantee proper sequencing. |
| * If this flag is set, the driver should instruct the hardware to |
| * assign a sequence number to the frame or assign one itself. Cf. IEEE |
| * 802.11-2007 7.1.3.4.1 paragraph 3. This flag will always be set for |
| * beacons and always be clear for frames without a sequence number field. |
| * @IEEE80211_TX_CTL_NO_ACK: tell the low level not to wait for an ack |
| * @IEEE80211_TX_CTL_CLEAR_PS_FILT: clear powersave filter for destination |
| * station |
| * @IEEE80211_TX_CTL_FIRST_FRAGMENT: this is a first fragment of the frame |
| * @IEEE80211_TX_CTL_SEND_AFTER_DTIM: send this frame after DTIM beacon |
| * @IEEE80211_TX_CTL_AMPDU: this frame should be sent as part of an A-MPDU |
| * @IEEE80211_TX_CTL_INJECTED: Frame was injected, internal to mac80211. |
| * @IEEE80211_TX_STAT_TX_FILTERED: The frame was not transmitted |
| * because the destination STA was in powersave mode. Note that to |
| * avoid race conditions, the filter must be set by the hardware or |
| * firmware upon receiving a frame that indicates that the station |
| * went to sleep (must be done on device to filter frames already on |
| * the queue) and may only be unset after mac80211 gives the OK for |
| * that by setting the IEEE80211_TX_CTL_CLEAR_PS_FILT (see above), |
| * since only then is it guaranteed that no more frames are in the |
| * hardware queue. |
| * @IEEE80211_TX_STAT_ACK: Frame was acknowledged |
| * @IEEE80211_TX_STAT_AMPDU: The frame was aggregated, so status |
| * is for the whole aggregation. |
| * @IEEE80211_TX_STAT_AMPDU_NO_BACK: no block ack was returned, |
| * so consider using block ack request (BAR). |
| * @IEEE80211_TX_CTL_RATE_CTRL_PROBE: internal to mac80211, can be |
| * set by rate control algorithms to indicate probe rate, will |
| * be cleared for fragmented frames (except on the last fragment) |
| * @IEEE80211_TX_INTFL_OFFCHAN_TX_OK: Internal to mac80211. Used to indicate |
| * that a frame can be transmitted while the queues are stopped for |
| * off-channel operation. |
| * @IEEE80211_TX_CTL_HW_80211_ENCAP: This frame uses hardware encapsulation |
| * (header conversion) |
| * @IEEE80211_TX_INTFL_RETRIED: completely internal to mac80211, |
| * used to indicate that a frame was already retried due to PS |
| * @IEEE80211_TX_INTFL_DONT_ENCRYPT: completely internal to mac80211, |
| * used to indicate frame should not be encrypted |
| * @IEEE80211_TX_CTL_NO_PS_BUFFER: This frame is a response to a poll |
| * frame (PS-Poll or uAPSD) or a non-bufferable MMPDU and must |
| * be sent although the station is in powersave mode. |
| * @IEEE80211_TX_CTL_MORE_FRAMES: More frames will be passed to the |
| * transmit function after the current frame, this can be used |
| * by drivers to kick the DMA queue only if unset or when the |
| * queue gets full. |
| * @IEEE80211_TX_INTFL_RETRANSMISSION: This frame is being retransmitted |
| * after TX status because the destination was asleep, it must not |
| * be modified again (no seqno assignment, crypto, etc.) |
| * @IEEE80211_TX_INTFL_MLME_CONN_TX: This frame was transmitted by the MLME |
| * code for connection establishment, this indicates that its status |
| * should kick the MLME state machine. |
| * @IEEE80211_TX_INTFL_NL80211_FRAME_TX: Frame was requested through nl80211 |
| * MLME command (internal to mac80211 to figure out whether to send TX |
| * status to user space) |
| * @IEEE80211_TX_CTL_LDPC: tells the driver to use LDPC for this frame |
| * @IEEE80211_TX_CTL_STBC: Enables Space-Time Block Coding (STBC) for this |
| * frame and selects the maximum number of streams that it can use. |
| * @IEEE80211_TX_CTL_TX_OFFCHAN: Marks this packet to be transmitted on |
| * the off-channel channel when a remain-on-channel offload is done |
| * in hardware -- normal packets still flow and are expected to be |
| * handled properly by the device. |
| * @IEEE80211_TX_INTFL_TKIP_MIC_FAILURE: Marks this packet to be used for TKIP |
| * testing. It will be sent out with incorrect Michael MIC key to allow |
| * TKIP countermeasures to be tested. |
| * @IEEE80211_TX_CTL_NO_CCK_RATE: This frame will be sent at non CCK rate. |
| * This flag is actually used for management frame especially for P2P |
| * frames not being sent at CCK rate in 2GHz band. |
| * @IEEE80211_TX_STATUS_EOSP: This packet marks the end of service period, |
| * when its status is reported the service period ends. For frames in |
| * an SP that mac80211 transmits, it is already set; for driver frames |
| * the driver may set this flag. It is also used to do the same for |
| * PS-Poll responses. |
| * @IEEE80211_TX_CTL_USE_MINRATE: This frame will be sent at lowest rate. |
| * This flag is used to send nullfunc frame at minimum rate when |
| * the nullfunc is used for connection monitoring purpose. |
| * @IEEE80211_TX_CTL_DONTFRAG: Don't fragment this packet even if it |
| * would be fragmented by size (this is optional, only used for |
| * monitor injection). |
| * @IEEE80211_TX_STAT_NOACK_TRANSMITTED: A frame that was marked with |
| * IEEE80211_TX_CTL_NO_ACK has been successfully transmitted without |
| * any errors (like issues specific to the driver/HW). |
| * This flag must not be set for frames that don't request no-ack |
| * behaviour with IEEE80211_TX_CTL_NO_ACK. |
| * |
| * Note: If you have to add new flags to the enumeration, then don't |
| * forget to update %IEEE80211_TX_TEMPORARY_FLAGS when necessary. |
| */ |
| enum mac80211_tx_info_flags { |
| IEEE80211_TX_CTL_REQ_TX_STATUS = BIT(0), |
| IEEE80211_TX_CTL_ASSIGN_SEQ = BIT(1), |
| IEEE80211_TX_CTL_NO_ACK = BIT(2), |
| IEEE80211_TX_CTL_CLEAR_PS_FILT = BIT(3), |
| IEEE80211_TX_CTL_FIRST_FRAGMENT = BIT(4), |
| IEEE80211_TX_CTL_SEND_AFTER_DTIM = BIT(5), |
| IEEE80211_TX_CTL_AMPDU = BIT(6), |
| IEEE80211_TX_CTL_INJECTED = BIT(7), |
| IEEE80211_TX_STAT_TX_FILTERED = BIT(8), |
| IEEE80211_TX_STAT_ACK = BIT(9), |
| IEEE80211_TX_STAT_AMPDU = BIT(10), |
| IEEE80211_TX_STAT_AMPDU_NO_BACK = BIT(11), |
| IEEE80211_TX_CTL_RATE_CTRL_PROBE = BIT(12), |
| IEEE80211_TX_INTFL_OFFCHAN_TX_OK = BIT(13), |
| IEEE80211_TX_CTL_HW_80211_ENCAP = BIT(14), |
| IEEE80211_TX_INTFL_RETRIED = BIT(15), |
| IEEE80211_TX_INTFL_DONT_ENCRYPT = BIT(16), |
| IEEE80211_TX_CTL_NO_PS_BUFFER = BIT(17), |
| IEEE80211_TX_CTL_MORE_FRAMES = BIT(18), |
| IEEE80211_TX_INTFL_RETRANSMISSION = BIT(19), |
| IEEE80211_TX_INTFL_MLME_CONN_TX = BIT(20), |
| IEEE80211_TX_INTFL_NL80211_FRAME_TX = BIT(21), |
| IEEE80211_TX_CTL_LDPC = BIT(22), |
| IEEE80211_TX_CTL_STBC = BIT(23) | BIT(24), |
| IEEE80211_TX_CTL_TX_OFFCHAN = BIT(25), |
| IEEE80211_TX_INTFL_TKIP_MIC_FAILURE = BIT(26), |
| IEEE80211_TX_CTL_NO_CCK_RATE = BIT(27), |
| IEEE80211_TX_STATUS_EOSP = BIT(28), |
| IEEE80211_TX_CTL_USE_MINRATE = BIT(29), |
| IEEE80211_TX_CTL_DONTFRAG = BIT(30), |
| IEEE80211_TX_STAT_NOACK_TRANSMITTED = BIT(31), |
| }; |
| |
| #define IEEE80211_TX_CTL_STBC_SHIFT 23 |
| |
| #define IEEE80211_TX_RC_S1G_MCS IEEE80211_TX_RC_VHT_MCS |
| |
| /** |
| * enum mac80211_tx_control_flags - flags to describe transmit control |
| * |
| * @IEEE80211_TX_CTRL_PORT_CTRL_PROTO: this frame is a port control |
| * protocol frame (e.g. EAP) |
| * @IEEE80211_TX_CTRL_PS_RESPONSE: This frame is a response to a poll |
| * frame (PS-Poll or uAPSD). |
| * @IEEE80211_TX_CTRL_RATE_INJECT: This frame is injected with rate information |
| * @IEEE80211_TX_CTRL_AMSDU: This frame is an A-MSDU frame |
| * @IEEE80211_TX_CTRL_FAST_XMIT: This frame is going through the fast_xmit path |
| * @IEEE80211_TX_CTRL_SKIP_MPATH_LOOKUP: This frame skips mesh path lookup |
| * @IEEE80211_TX_INTCFL_NEED_TXPROCESSING: completely internal to mac80211, |
| * used to indicate that a pending frame requires TX processing before |
| * it can be sent out. |
| * @IEEE80211_TX_CTRL_NO_SEQNO: Do not overwrite the sequence number that |
| * has already been assigned to this frame. |
| * @IEEE80211_TX_CTRL_DONT_REORDER: This frame should not be reordered |
| * relative to other frames that have this flag set, independent |
| * of their QoS TID or other priority field values. |
| * @IEEE80211_TX_CTRL_MCAST_MLO_FIRST_TX: first MLO TX, used mostly internally |
| * for sequence number assignment |
| * @IEEE80211_TX_CTRL_MLO_LINK: If not @IEEE80211_LINK_UNSPECIFIED, this |
| * frame should be transmitted on the specific link. This really is |
| * only relevant for frames that do not have data present, and is |
| * also not used for 802.3 format frames. Note that even if the frame |
| * is on a specific link, address translation might still apply if |
| * it's intended for an MLD. |
| * |
| * These flags are used in tx_info->control.flags. |
| */ |
| enum mac80211_tx_control_flags { |
| IEEE80211_TX_CTRL_PORT_CTRL_PROTO = BIT(0), |
| IEEE80211_TX_CTRL_PS_RESPONSE = BIT(1), |
| IEEE80211_TX_CTRL_RATE_INJECT = BIT(2), |
| IEEE80211_TX_CTRL_AMSDU = BIT(3), |
| IEEE80211_TX_CTRL_FAST_XMIT = BIT(4), |
| IEEE80211_TX_CTRL_SKIP_MPATH_LOOKUP = BIT(5), |
| IEEE80211_TX_INTCFL_NEED_TXPROCESSING = BIT(6), |
| IEEE80211_TX_CTRL_NO_SEQNO = BIT(7), |
| IEEE80211_TX_CTRL_DONT_REORDER = BIT(8), |
| IEEE80211_TX_CTRL_MCAST_MLO_FIRST_TX = BIT(9), |
| IEEE80211_TX_CTRL_MLO_LINK = 0xf0000000, |
| }; |
| |
| #define IEEE80211_LINK_UNSPECIFIED 0xf |
| #define IEEE80211_TX_CTRL_MLO_LINK_UNSPEC \ |
| u32_encode_bits(IEEE80211_LINK_UNSPECIFIED, \ |
| IEEE80211_TX_CTRL_MLO_LINK) |
| |
| /** |
| * enum mac80211_tx_status_flags - flags to describe transmit status |
| * |
| * @IEEE80211_TX_STATUS_ACK_SIGNAL_VALID: ACK signal is valid |
| * |
| * These flags are used in tx_info->status.flags. |
| */ |
| enum mac80211_tx_status_flags { |
| IEEE80211_TX_STATUS_ACK_SIGNAL_VALID = BIT(0), |
| }; |
| |
| /* |
| * This definition is used as a mask to clear all temporary flags, which are |
| * set by the tx handlers for each transmission attempt by the mac80211 stack. |
| */ |
| #define IEEE80211_TX_TEMPORARY_FLAGS (IEEE80211_TX_CTL_NO_ACK | \ |
| IEEE80211_TX_CTL_CLEAR_PS_FILT | IEEE80211_TX_CTL_FIRST_FRAGMENT | \ |
| IEEE80211_TX_CTL_SEND_AFTER_DTIM | IEEE80211_TX_CTL_AMPDU | \ |
| IEEE80211_TX_STAT_TX_FILTERED | IEEE80211_TX_STAT_ACK | \ |
| IEEE80211_TX_STAT_AMPDU | IEEE80211_TX_STAT_AMPDU_NO_BACK | \ |
| IEEE80211_TX_CTL_RATE_CTRL_PROBE | IEEE80211_TX_CTL_NO_PS_BUFFER | \ |
| IEEE80211_TX_CTL_MORE_FRAMES | IEEE80211_TX_CTL_LDPC | \ |
| IEEE80211_TX_CTL_STBC | IEEE80211_TX_STATUS_EOSP) |
| |
| /** |
| * enum mac80211_rate_control_flags - per-rate flags set by the |
| * Rate Control algorithm. |
| * |
| * These flags are set by the Rate control algorithm for each rate during tx, |
| * in the @flags member of struct ieee80211_tx_rate. |
| * |
| * @IEEE80211_TX_RC_USE_RTS_CTS: Use RTS/CTS exchange for this rate. |
| * @IEEE80211_TX_RC_USE_CTS_PROTECT: CTS-to-self protection is required. |
| * This is set if the current BSS requires ERP protection. |
| * @IEEE80211_TX_RC_USE_SHORT_PREAMBLE: Use short preamble. |
| * @IEEE80211_TX_RC_MCS: HT rate. |
| * @IEEE80211_TX_RC_VHT_MCS: VHT MCS rate, in this case the idx field is split |
| * into a higher 4 bits (Nss) and lower 4 bits (MCS number) |
| * @IEEE80211_TX_RC_GREEN_FIELD: Indicates whether this rate should be used in |
| * Greenfield mode. |
| * @IEEE80211_TX_RC_40_MHZ_WIDTH: Indicates if the Channel Width should be 40 MHz. |
| * @IEEE80211_TX_RC_80_MHZ_WIDTH: Indicates 80 MHz transmission |
| * @IEEE80211_TX_RC_160_MHZ_WIDTH: Indicates 160 MHz transmission |
| * (80+80 isn't supported yet) |
| * @IEEE80211_TX_RC_DUP_DATA: The frame should be transmitted on both of the |
| * adjacent 20 MHz channels, if the current channel type is |
| * NL80211_CHAN_HT40MINUS or NL80211_CHAN_HT40PLUS. |
| * @IEEE80211_TX_RC_SHORT_GI: Short Guard interval should be used for this rate. |
| */ |
| enum mac80211_rate_control_flags { |
| IEEE80211_TX_RC_USE_RTS_CTS = BIT(0), |
| IEEE80211_TX_RC_USE_CTS_PROTECT = BIT(1), |
| IEEE80211_TX_RC_USE_SHORT_PREAMBLE = BIT(2), |
| |
| /* rate index is an HT/VHT MCS instead of an index */ |
| IEEE80211_TX_RC_MCS = BIT(3), |
| IEEE80211_TX_RC_GREEN_FIELD = BIT(4), |
| IEEE80211_TX_RC_40_MHZ_WIDTH = BIT(5), |
| IEEE80211_TX_RC_DUP_DATA = BIT(6), |
| IEEE80211_TX_RC_SHORT_GI = BIT(7), |
| IEEE80211_TX_RC_VHT_MCS = BIT(8), |
| IEEE80211_TX_RC_80_MHZ_WIDTH = BIT(9), |
| IEEE80211_TX_RC_160_MHZ_WIDTH = BIT(10), |
| }; |
| |
| |
| /* there are 40 bytes if you don't need the rateset to be kept */ |
| #define IEEE80211_TX_INFO_DRIVER_DATA_SIZE 40 |
| |
| /* if you do need the rateset, then you have less space */ |
| #define IEEE80211_TX_INFO_RATE_DRIVER_DATA_SIZE 24 |
| |
| /* maximum number of rate stages */ |
| #define IEEE80211_TX_MAX_RATES 4 |
| |
| /* maximum number of rate table entries */ |
| #define IEEE80211_TX_RATE_TABLE_SIZE 4 |
| |
| /** |
| * struct ieee80211_tx_rate - rate selection/status |
| * |
| * @idx: rate index to attempt to send with |
| * @flags: rate control flags (&enum mac80211_rate_control_flags) |
| * @count: number of tries in this rate before going to the next rate |
| * |
| * A value of -1 for @idx indicates an invalid rate and, if used |
| * in an array of retry rates, that no more rates should be tried. |
| * |
| * When used for transmit status reporting, the driver should |
| * always report the rate along with the flags it used. |
| * |
| * &struct ieee80211_tx_info contains an array of these structs |
| * in the control information, and it will be filled by the rate |
| * control algorithm according to what should be sent. For example, |
| * if this array contains, in the format { <idx>, <count> } the |
| * information:: |
| * |
| * { 3, 2 }, { 2, 2 }, { 1, 4 }, { -1, 0 }, { -1, 0 } |
| * |
| * then this means that the frame should be transmitted |
| * up to twice at rate 3, up to twice at rate 2, and up to four |
| * times at rate 1 if it doesn't get acknowledged. Say it gets |
| * acknowledged by the peer after the fifth attempt, the status |
| * information should then contain:: |
| * |
| * { 3, 2 }, { 2, 2 }, { 1, 1 }, { -1, 0 } ... |
| * |
| * since it was transmitted twice at rate 3, twice at rate 2 |
| * and once at rate 1 after which we received an acknowledgement. |
| */ |
| struct ieee80211_tx_rate { |
| s8 idx; |
| u16 count:5, |
| flags:11; |
| } __packed; |
| |
| #define IEEE80211_MAX_TX_RETRY 31 |
| |
| static inline void ieee80211_rate_set_vht(struct ieee80211_tx_rate *rate, |
| u8 mcs, u8 nss) |
| { |
| WARN_ON(mcs & ~0xF); |
| WARN_ON((nss - 1) & ~0x7); |
| rate->idx = ((nss - 1) << 4) | mcs; |
| } |
| |
| static inline u8 |
| ieee80211_rate_get_vht_mcs(const struct ieee80211_tx_rate *rate) |
| { |
| return rate->idx & 0xF; |
| } |
| |
| static inline u8 |
| ieee80211_rate_get_vht_nss(const struct ieee80211_tx_rate *rate) |
| { |
| return (rate->idx >> 4) + 1; |
| } |
| |
| /** |
| * struct ieee80211_tx_info - skb transmit information |
| * |
| * This structure is placed in skb->cb for three uses: |
| * (1) mac80211 TX control - mac80211 tells the driver what to do |
| * (2) driver internal use (if applicable) |
| * (3) TX status information - driver tells mac80211 what happened |
| * |
| * @flags: transmit info flags, defined above |
| * @band: the band to transmit on (use e.g. for checking for races), |
| * not valid if the interface is an MLD since we won't know which |
| * link the frame will be transmitted on |
| * @hw_queue: HW queue to put the frame on, skb_get_queue_mapping() gives the AC |
| * @ack_frame_id: internal frame ID for TX status, used internally |
| * @tx_time_est: TX time estimate in units of 4us, used internally |
| * @control: union part for control data |
| * @control.rates: TX rates array to try |
| * @control.rts_cts_rate_idx: rate for RTS or CTS |
| * @control.use_rts: use RTS |
| * @control.use_cts_prot: use RTS/CTS |
| * @control.short_preamble: use short preamble (CCK only) |
| * @control.skip_table: skip externally configured rate table |
| * @control.jiffies: timestamp for expiry on powersave clients |
| * @control.vif: virtual interface (may be NULL) |
| * @control.hw_key: key to encrypt with (may be NULL) |
| * @control.flags: control flags, see &enum mac80211_tx_control_flags |
| * @control.enqueue_time: enqueue time (for iTXQs) |
| * @driver_rates: alias to @control.rates to reserve space |
| * @pad: padding |
| * @rate_driver_data: driver use area if driver needs @control.rates |
| * @status: union part for status data |
| * @status.rates: attempted rates |
| * @status.ack_signal: ACK signal |
| * @status.ampdu_ack_len: AMPDU ack length |
| * @status.ampdu_len: AMPDU length |
| * @status.antenna: (legacy, kept only for iwlegacy) |
| * @status.tx_time: airtime consumed for transmission; note this is only |
| * used for WMM AC, not for airtime fairness |
| * @status.flags: status flags, see &enum mac80211_tx_status_flags |
| * @status.status_driver_data: driver use area |
| * @ack: union part for pure ACK data |
| * @ack.cookie: cookie for the ACK |
| * @driver_data: array of driver_data pointers |
| * @ampdu_ack_len: number of acked aggregated frames. |
| * relevant only if IEEE80211_TX_STAT_AMPDU was set. |
| * @ampdu_len: number of aggregated frames. |
| * relevant only if IEEE80211_TX_STAT_AMPDU was set. |
| * @ack_signal: signal strength of the ACK frame |
| */ |
| struct ieee80211_tx_info { |
| /* common information */ |
| u32 flags; |
| u32 band:3, |
| ack_frame_id:13, |
| hw_queue:4, |
| tx_time_est:10; |
| /* 2 free bits */ |
| |
| union { |
| struct { |
| union { |
| /* rate control */ |
| struct { |
| struct ieee80211_tx_rate rates[ |
| IEEE80211_TX_MAX_RATES]; |
| s8 rts_cts_rate_idx; |
| u8 use_rts:1; |
| u8 use_cts_prot:1; |
| u8 short_preamble:1; |
| u8 skip_table:1; |
| /* 2 bytes free */ |
| }; |
| /* only needed before rate control */ |
| unsigned long jiffies; |
| }; |
| /* NB: vif can be NULL for injected frames */ |
| struct ieee80211_vif *vif; |
| struct ieee80211_key_conf *hw_key; |
| u32 flags; |
| codel_time_t enqueue_time; |
| } control; |
| struct { |
| u64 cookie; |
| } ack; |
| struct { |
| struct ieee80211_tx_rate rates[IEEE80211_TX_MAX_RATES]; |
| s32 ack_signal; |
| u8 ampdu_ack_len; |
| u8 ampdu_len; |
| u8 antenna; |
| u16 tx_time; |
| u8 flags; |
| void *status_driver_data[18 / sizeof(void *)]; |
| } status; |
| struct { |
| struct ieee80211_tx_rate driver_rates[ |
| IEEE80211_TX_MAX_RATES]; |
| u8 pad[4]; |
| |
| void *rate_driver_data[ |
| IEEE80211_TX_INFO_RATE_DRIVER_DATA_SIZE / sizeof(void *)]; |
| }; |
| void *driver_data[ |
| IEEE80211_TX_INFO_DRIVER_DATA_SIZE / sizeof(void *)]; |
| }; |
| }; |
| |
| static inline u16 |
| ieee80211_info_set_tx_time_est(struct ieee80211_tx_info *info, u16 tx_time_est) |
| { |
| /* We only have 10 bits in tx_time_est, so store airtime |
| * in increments of 4us and clamp the maximum to 2**12-1 |
| */ |
| info->tx_time_est = min_t(u16, tx_time_est, 4095) >> 2; |
| return info->tx_time_est << 2; |
| } |
| |
| static inline u16 |
| ieee80211_info_get_tx_time_est(struct ieee80211_tx_info *info) |
| { |
| return info->tx_time_est << 2; |
| } |
| |
| /*** |
| * struct ieee80211_rate_status - mrr stage for status path |
| * |
| * This struct is used in struct ieee80211_tx_status to provide drivers a |
| * dynamic way to report about used rates and power levels per packet. |
| * |
| * @rate_idx The actual used rate. |
| * @try_count How often the rate was tried. |
| * @tx_power_idx An idx into the ieee80211_hw->tx_power_levels list of the |
| * corresponding wifi hardware. The idx shall point to the power level |
| * that was used when sending the packet. |
| */ |
| struct ieee80211_rate_status { |
| struct rate_info rate_idx; |
| u8 try_count; |
| u8 tx_power_idx; |
| }; |
| |
| /** |
| * struct ieee80211_tx_status - extended tx status info for rate control |
| * |
| * @sta: Station that the packet was transmitted for |
| * @info: Basic tx status information |
| * @skb: Packet skb (can be NULL if not provided by the driver) |
| * @rates: Mrr stages that were used when sending the packet |
| * @n_rates: Number of mrr stages (count of instances for @rates) |
| * @free_list: list where processed skbs are stored to be free'd by the driver |
| * @ack_hwtstamp: Hardware timestamp of the received ack in nanoseconds |
| * Only needed for Timing measurement and Fine timing measurement action |
| * frames. Only reported by devices that have timestamping enabled. |
| */ |
| struct ieee80211_tx_status { |
| struct ieee80211_sta *sta; |
| struct ieee80211_tx_info *info; |
| struct sk_buff *skb; |
| struct ieee80211_rate_status *rates; |
| ktime_t ack_hwtstamp; |
| u8 n_rates; |
| |
| struct list_head *free_list; |
| }; |
| |
| /** |
| * struct ieee80211_scan_ies - descriptors for different blocks of IEs |
| * |
| * This structure is used to point to different blocks of IEs in HW scan |
| * and scheduled scan. These blocks contain the IEs passed by userspace |
| * and the ones generated by mac80211. |
| * |
| * @ies: pointers to band specific IEs. |
| * @len: lengths of band_specific IEs. |
| * @common_ies: IEs for all bands (especially vendor specific ones) |
| * @common_ie_len: length of the common_ies |
| */ |
| struct ieee80211_scan_ies { |
| const u8 *ies[NUM_NL80211_BANDS]; |
| size_t len[NUM_NL80211_BANDS]; |
| const u8 *common_ies; |
| size_t common_ie_len; |
| }; |
| |
| |
| static inline struct ieee80211_tx_info *IEEE80211_SKB_CB(struct sk_buff *skb) |
| { |
| return (struct ieee80211_tx_info *)skb->cb; |
| } |
| |
| static inline struct ieee80211_rx_status *IEEE80211_SKB_RXCB(struct sk_buff *skb) |
| { |
| return (struct ieee80211_rx_status *)skb->cb; |
| } |
| |
| /** |
| * ieee80211_tx_info_clear_status - clear TX status |
| * |
| * @info: The &struct ieee80211_tx_info to be cleared. |
| * |
| * When the driver passes an skb back to mac80211, it must report |
| * a number of things in TX status. This function clears everything |
| * in the TX status but the rate control information (it does clear |
| * the count since you need to fill that in anyway). |
| * |
| * NOTE: While the rates array is kept intact, this will wipe all of the |
| * driver_data fields in info, so it's up to the driver to restore |
| * any fields it needs after calling this helper. |
| */ |
| static inline void |
| ieee80211_tx_info_clear_status(struct ieee80211_tx_info *info) |
| { |
| int i; |
| |
| BUILD_BUG_ON(offsetof(struct ieee80211_tx_info, status.rates) != |
| offsetof(struct ieee80211_tx_info, control.rates)); |
| BUILD_BUG_ON(offsetof(struct ieee80211_tx_info, status.rates) != |
| offsetof(struct ieee80211_tx_info, driver_rates)); |
| BUILD_BUG_ON(offsetof(struct ieee80211_tx_info, status.rates) != 8); |
| /* clear the rate counts */ |
| for (i = 0; i < IEEE80211_TX_MAX_RATES; i++) |
| info->status.rates[i].count = 0; |
| memset_after(&info->status, 0, rates); |
| } |
| |
| |
| /** |
| * enum mac80211_rx_flags - receive flags |
| * |
| * These flags are used with the @flag member of &struct ieee80211_rx_status. |
| * @RX_FLAG_MMIC_ERROR: Michael MIC error was reported on this frame. |
| * Use together with %RX_FLAG_MMIC_STRIPPED. |
| * @RX_FLAG_DECRYPTED: This frame was decrypted in hardware. |
| * @RX_FLAG_MMIC_STRIPPED: the Michael MIC is stripped off this frame, |
| * verification has been done by the hardware. |
| * @RX_FLAG_IV_STRIPPED: The IV and ICV are stripped from this frame. |
| * If this flag is set, the stack cannot do any replay detection |
| * hence the driver or hardware will have to do that. |
| * @RX_FLAG_PN_VALIDATED: Currently only valid for CCMP/GCMP frames, this |
| * flag indicates that the PN was verified for replay protection. |
| * Note that this flag is also currently only supported when a frame |
| * is also decrypted (ie. @RX_FLAG_DECRYPTED must be set) |
| * @RX_FLAG_DUP_VALIDATED: The driver should set this flag if it did |
| * de-duplication by itself. |
| * @RX_FLAG_FAILED_FCS_CRC: Set this flag if the FCS check failed on |
| * the frame. |
| * @RX_FLAG_FAILED_PLCP_CRC: Set this flag if the PCLP check failed on |
| * the frame. |
| * @RX_FLAG_MACTIME_START: The timestamp passed in the RX status (@mactime |
| * field) is valid and contains the time the first symbol of the MPDU |
| * was received. This is useful in monitor mode and for proper IBSS |
| * merging. |
| * @RX_FLAG_MACTIME_END: The timestamp passed in the RX status (@mactime |
| * field) is valid and contains the time the last symbol of the MPDU |
| * (including FCS) was received. |
| * @RX_FLAG_MACTIME_PLCP_START: The timestamp passed in the RX status (@mactime |
| * field) is valid and contains the time the SYNC preamble was received. |
| * @RX_FLAG_NO_SIGNAL_VAL: The signal strength value is not present. |
| * Valid only for data frames (mainly A-MPDU) |
| * @RX_FLAG_AMPDU_DETAILS: A-MPDU details are known, in particular the reference |
| * number (@ampdu_reference) must be populated and be a distinct number for |
| * each A-MPDU |
| * @RX_FLAG_AMPDU_LAST_KNOWN: last subframe is known, should be set on all |
| * subframes of a single A-MPDU |
| * @RX_FLAG_AMPDU_IS_LAST: this subframe is the last subframe of the A-MPDU |
| * @RX_FLAG_AMPDU_DELIM_CRC_ERROR: A delimiter CRC error has been detected |
| * on this subframe |
| * @RX_FLAG_AMPDU_DELIM_CRC_KNOWN: The delimiter CRC field is known (the CRC |
| * is stored in the @ampdu_delimiter_crc field) |
| * @RX_FLAG_MIC_STRIPPED: The mic was stripped of this packet. Decryption was |
| * done by the hardware |
| * @RX_FLAG_ONLY_MONITOR: Report frame only to monitor interfaces without |
| * processing it in any regular way. |
| * This is useful if drivers offload some frames but still want to report |
| * them for sniffing purposes. |
| * @RX_FLAG_SKIP_MONITOR: Process and report frame to all interfaces except |
| * monitor interfaces. |
| * This is useful if drivers offload some frames but still want to report |
| * them for sniffing purposes. |
| * @RX_FLAG_AMSDU_MORE: Some drivers may prefer to report separate A-MSDU |
| * subframes instead of a one huge frame for performance reasons. |
| * All, but the last MSDU from an A-MSDU should have this flag set. E.g. |
| * if an A-MSDU has 3 frames, the first 2 must have the flag set, while |
| * the 3rd (last) one must not have this flag set. The flag is used to |
| * deal with retransmission/duplication recovery properly since A-MSDU |
| * subframes share the same sequence number. Reported subframes can be |
| * either regular MSDU or singly A-MSDUs. Subframes must not be |
| * interleaved with other frames. |
| * @RX_FLAG_RADIOTAP_VENDOR_DATA: This frame contains vendor-specific |
| * radiotap data in the skb->data (before the frame) as described by |
| * the &struct ieee80211_vendor_radiotap. |
| * @RX_FLAG_ALLOW_SAME_PN: Allow the same PN as same packet before. |
| * This is used for AMSDU subframes which can have the same PN as |
| * the first subframe. |
| * @RX_FLAG_ICV_STRIPPED: The ICV is stripped from this frame. CRC checking must |
| * be done in the hardware. |
| * @RX_FLAG_AMPDU_EOF_BIT: Value of the EOF bit in the A-MPDU delimiter for this |
| * frame |
| * @RX_FLAG_AMPDU_EOF_BIT_KNOWN: The EOF value is known |
| * @RX_FLAG_RADIOTAP_HE: HE radiotap data is present |
| * (&struct ieee80211_radiotap_he, mac80211 will fill in |
| * |
| * - DATA3_DATA_MCS |
| * - DATA3_DATA_DCM |
| * - DATA3_CODING |
| * - DATA5_GI |
| * - DATA5_DATA_BW_RU_ALLOC |
| * - DATA6_NSTS |
| * - DATA3_STBC |
| * |
| * from the RX info data, so leave those zeroed when building this data) |
| * @RX_FLAG_RADIOTAP_HE_MU: HE MU radiotap data is present |
| * (&struct ieee80211_radiotap_he_mu) |
| * @RX_FLAG_RADIOTAP_LSIG: L-SIG radiotap data is present |
| * @RX_FLAG_NO_PSDU: use the frame only for radiotap reporting, with |
| * the "0-length PSDU" field included there. The value for it is |
| * in &struct ieee80211_rx_status. Note that if this value isn't |
| * known the frame shouldn't be reported. |
| * @RX_FLAG_8023: the frame has an 802.3 header (decap offload performed by |
| * hardware or driver) |
| */ |
| enum mac80211_rx_flags { |
| RX_FLAG_MMIC_ERROR = BIT(0), |
| RX_FLAG_DECRYPTED = BIT(1), |
| RX_FLAG_MACTIME_PLCP_START = BIT(2), |
| RX_FLAG_MMIC_STRIPPED = BIT(3), |
| RX_FLAG_IV_STRIPPED = BIT(4), |
| RX_FLAG_FAILED_FCS_CRC = BIT(5), |
| RX_FLAG_FAILED_PLCP_CRC = BIT(6), |
| RX_FLAG_MACTIME_START = BIT(7), |
| RX_FLAG_NO_SIGNAL_VAL = BIT(8), |
| RX_FLAG_AMPDU_DETAILS = BIT(9), |
| RX_FLAG_PN_VALIDATED = BIT(10), |
| RX_FLAG_DUP_VALIDATED = BIT(11), |
| RX_FLAG_AMPDU_LAST_KNOWN = BIT(12), |
| RX_FLAG_AMPDU_IS_LAST = BIT(13), |
| RX_FLAG_AMPDU_DELIM_CRC_ERROR = BIT(14), |
| RX_FLAG_AMPDU_DELIM_CRC_KNOWN = BIT(15), |
| RX_FLAG_MACTIME_END = BIT(16), |
| RX_FLAG_ONLY_MONITOR = BIT(17), |
| RX_FLAG_SKIP_MONITOR = BIT(18), |
| RX_FLAG_AMSDU_MORE = BIT(19), |
| RX_FLAG_RADIOTAP_VENDOR_DATA = BIT(20), |
| RX_FLAG_MIC_STRIPPED = BIT(21), |
| RX_FLAG_ALLOW_SAME_PN = BIT(22), |
| RX_FLAG_ICV_STRIPPED = BIT(23), |
| RX_FLAG_AMPDU_EOF_BIT = BIT(24), |
| RX_FLAG_AMPDU_EOF_BIT_KNOWN = BIT(25), |
| RX_FLAG_RADIOTAP_HE = BIT(26), |
| RX_FLAG_RADIOTAP_HE_MU = BIT(27), |
| RX_FLAG_RADIOTAP_LSIG = BIT(28), |
| RX_FLAG_NO_PSDU = BIT(29), |
| RX_FLAG_8023 = BIT(30), |
| }; |
| |
| /** |
| * enum mac80211_rx_encoding_flags - MCS & bandwidth flags |
| * |
| * @RX_ENC_FLAG_SHORTPRE: Short preamble was used for this frame |
| * @RX_ENC_FLAG_SHORT_GI: Short guard interval was used |
| * @RX_ENC_FLAG_HT_GF: This frame was received in a HT-greenfield transmission, |
| * if the driver fills this value it should add |
| * %IEEE80211_RADIOTAP_MCS_HAVE_FMT |
| * to @hw.radiotap_mcs_details to advertise that fact. |
| * @RX_ENC_FLAG_LDPC: LDPC was used |
| * @RX_ENC_FLAG_STBC_MASK: STBC 2 bit bitmask. 1 - Nss=1, 2 - Nss=2, 3 - Nss=3 |
| * @RX_ENC_FLAG_BF: packet was beamformed |
| */ |
| enum mac80211_rx_encoding_flags { |
| RX_ENC_FLAG_SHORTPRE = BIT(0), |
| RX_ENC_FLAG_SHORT_GI = BIT(2), |
| RX_ENC_FLAG_HT_GF = BIT(3), |
| RX_ENC_FLAG_STBC_MASK = BIT(4) | BIT(5), |
| RX_ENC_FLAG_LDPC = BIT(6), |
| RX_ENC_FLAG_BF = BIT(7), |
| }; |
| |
| #define RX_ENC_FLAG_STBC_SHIFT 4 |
| |
| enum mac80211_rx_encoding { |
| RX_ENC_LEGACY = 0, |
| RX_ENC_HT, |
| RX_ENC_VHT, |
| RX_ENC_HE, |
| RX_ENC_EHT, |
| }; |
| |
| /** |
| * struct ieee80211_rx_status - receive status |
| * |
| * The low-level driver should provide this information (the subset |
| * supported by hardware) to the 802.11 code with each received |
| * frame, in the skb's control buffer (cb). |
| * |
| * @mactime: value in microseconds of the 64-bit Time Synchronization Function |
| * (TSF) timer when the first data symbol (MPDU) arrived at the hardware. |
| * @boottime_ns: CLOCK_BOOTTIME timestamp the frame was received at, this is |
| * needed only for beacons and probe responses that update the scan cache. |
| * @ack_tx_hwtstamp: Hardware timestamp for the ack TX in nanoseconds. Only |
| * needed for Timing measurement and Fine timing measurement action frames. |
| * Only reported by devices that have timestamping enabled. |
| * @device_timestamp: arbitrary timestamp for the device, mac80211 doesn't use |
| * it but can store it and pass it back to the driver for synchronisation |
| * @band: the active band when this frame was received |
| * @freq: frequency the radio was tuned to when receiving this frame, in MHz |
| * This field must be set for management frames, but isn't strictly needed |
| * for data (other) frames - for those it only affects radiotap reporting. |
| * @freq_offset: @freq has a positive offset of 500Khz. |
| * @signal: signal strength when receiving this frame, either in dBm, in dB or |
| * unspecified depending on the hardware capabilities flags |
| * @IEEE80211_HW_SIGNAL_* |
| * @chains: bitmask of receive chains for which separate signal strength |
| * values were filled. |
| * @chain_signal: per-chain signal strength, in dBm (unlike @signal, doesn't |
| * support dB or unspecified units) |
| * @antenna: antenna used |
| * @rate_idx: index of data rate into band's supported rates or MCS index if |
| * HT or VHT is used (%RX_FLAG_HT/%RX_FLAG_VHT) |
| * @nss: number of streams (VHT, HE and EHT only) |
| * @flag: %RX_FLAG_\* |
| * @encoding: &enum mac80211_rx_encoding |
| * @bw: &enum rate_info_bw |
| * @enc_flags: uses bits from &enum mac80211_rx_encoding_flags |
| * @he_ru: HE RU, from &enum nl80211_he_ru_alloc |
| * @he_gi: HE GI, from &enum nl80211_he_gi |
| * @he_dcm: HE DCM value |
| * @eht: EHT specific rate information |
| * @eht.ru: EHT RU, from &enum nl80211_eht_ru_alloc |
| * @eht.gi: EHT GI, from &enum nl80211_eht_gi |
| * @rx_flags: internal RX flags for mac80211 |
| * @ampdu_reference: A-MPDU reference number, must be a different value for |
| * each A-MPDU but the same for each subframe within one A-MPDU |
| * @ampdu_delimiter_crc: A-MPDU delimiter CRC |
| * @zero_length_psdu_type: radiotap type of the 0-length PSDU |
| * @link_valid: if the link which is identified by @link_id is valid. This flag |
| * is set only when connection is MLO. |
| * @link_id: id of the link used to receive the packet. This is used along with |
| * @link_valid. |
| */ |
| struct ieee80211_rx_status { |
| u64 mactime; |
| union { |
| u64 boottime_ns; |
| ktime_t ack_tx_hwtstamp; |
| }; |
| u32 device_timestamp; |
| u32 ampdu_reference; |
| u32 flag; |
| u16 freq: 13, freq_offset: 1; |
| u8 enc_flags; |
| u8 encoding:3, bw:4; |
| union { |
| struct { |
| u8 he_ru:3; |
| u8 he_gi:2; |
| u8 he_dcm:1; |
| }; |
| struct { |
| u8 ru:4; |
| u8 gi:2; |
| } eht; |
| }; |
| u8 rate_idx; |
| u8 nss; |
| u8 rx_flags; |
| u8 band; |
| u8 antenna; |
| s8 signal; |
| u8 chains; |
| s8 chain_signal[IEEE80211_MAX_CHAINS]; |
| u8 ampdu_delimiter_crc; |
| u8 zero_length_psdu_type; |
| u8 link_valid:1, link_id:4; |
| }; |
| |
| static inline u32 |
| ieee80211_rx_status_to_khz(struct ieee80211_rx_status *rx_status) |
| { |
| return MHZ_TO_KHZ(rx_status->freq) + |
| (rx_status->freq_offset ? 500 : 0); |
| } |
| |
| /** |
| * struct ieee80211_vendor_radiotap - vendor radiotap data information |
| * @present: presence bitmap for this vendor namespace |
| * (this could be extended in the future if any vendor needs more |
| * bits, the radiotap spec does allow for that) |
| * @align: radiotap vendor namespace alignment. This defines the needed |
| * alignment for the @data field below, not for the vendor namespace |
| * description itself (which has a fixed 2-byte alignment) |
| * Must be a power of two, and be set to at least 1! |
| * @oui: radiotap vendor namespace OUI |
| * @subns: radiotap vendor sub namespace |
| * @len: radiotap vendor sub namespace skip length, if alignment is done |
| * then that's added to this, i.e. this is only the length of the |
| * @data field. |
| * @pad: number of bytes of padding after the @data, this exists so that |
| * the skb data alignment can be preserved even if the data has odd |
| * length |
| * @data: the actual vendor namespace data |
| * |
| * This struct, including the vendor data, goes into the skb->data before |
| * the 802.11 header. It's split up in mac80211 using the align/oui/subns |
| * data. |
| */ |
| struct ieee80211_vendor_radiotap { |
| u32 present; |
| u8 align; |
| u8 oui[3]; |
| u8 subns; |
| u8 pad; |
| u16 len; |
| u8 data[]; |
| } __packed; |
| |
| /** |
| * enum ieee80211_conf_flags - configuration flags |
| * |
| * Flags to define PHY configuration options |
| * |
| * @IEEE80211_CONF_MONITOR: there's a monitor interface present -- use this |
| * to determine for example whether to calculate timestamps for packets |
| * or not, do not use instead of filter flags! |
| * @IEEE80211_CONF_PS: Enable 802.11 power save mode (managed mode only). |
| * This is the power save mode defined by IEEE 802.11-2007 section 11.2, |
| * meaning that the hardware still wakes up for beacons, is able to |
| * transmit frames and receive the possible acknowledgment frames. |
| * Not to be confused with hardware specific wakeup/sleep states, |
| * driver is responsible for that. See the section "Powersave support" |
| * for more. |
| * @IEEE80211_CONF_IDLE: The device is running, but idle; if the flag is set |
| * the driver should be prepared to handle configuration requests but |
| * may turn the device off as much as possible. Typically, this flag will |
| * be set when an interface is set UP but not associated or scanning, but |
| * it can also be unset in that case when monitor interfaces are active. |
| * @IEEE80211_CONF_OFFCHANNEL: The device is currently not on its main |
| * operating channel. |
| */ |
| enum ieee80211_conf_flags { |
| IEEE80211_CONF_MONITOR = (1<<0), |
| IEEE80211_CONF_PS = (1<<1), |
| IEEE80211_CONF_IDLE = (1<<2), |
| IEEE80211_CONF_OFFCHANNEL = (1<<3), |
| }; |
| |
| |
| /** |
| * enum ieee80211_conf_changed - denotes which configuration changed |
| * |
| * @IEEE80211_CONF_CHANGE_LISTEN_INTERVAL: the listen interval changed |
| * @IEEE80211_CONF_CHANGE_MONITOR: the monitor flag changed |
| * @IEEE80211_CONF_CHANGE_PS: the PS flag or dynamic PS timeout changed |
| * @IEEE80211_CONF_CHANGE_POWER: the TX power changed |
| * @IEEE80211_CONF_CHANGE_CHANNEL: the channel/channel_type changed |
| * @IEEE80211_CONF_CHANGE_RETRY_LIMITS: retry limits changed |
| * @IEEE80211_CONF_CHANGE_IDLE: Idle flag changed |
| * @IEEE80211_CONF_CHANGE_SMPS: Spatial multiplexing powersave mode changed |
| * Note that this is only valid if channel contexts are not used, |
| * otherwise each channel context has the number of chains listed. |
| */ |
| enum ieee80211_conf_changed { |
| IEEE80211_CONF_CHANGE_SMPS = BIT(1), |
| IEEE80211_CONF_CHANGE_LISTEN_INTERVAL = BIT(2), |
| IEEE80211_CONF_CHANGE_MONITOR = BIT(3), |
| IEEE80211_CONF_CHANGE_PS = BIT(4), |
| IEEE80211_CONF_CHANGE_POWER = BIT(5), |
| IEEE80211_CONF_CHANGE_CHANNEL = BIT(6), |
| IEEE80211_CONF_CHANGE_RETRY_LIMITS = BIT(7), |
| IEEE80211_CONF_CHANGE_IDLE = BIT(8), |
| }; |
| |
| /** |
| * enum ieee80211_smps_mode - spatial multiplexing power save mode |
| * |
| * @IEEE80211_SMPS_AUTOMATIC: automatic |
| * @IEEE80211_SMPS_OFF: off |
| * @IEEE80211_SMPS_STATIC: static |
| * @IEEE80211_SMPS_DYNAMIC: dynamic |
| * @IEEE80211_SMPS_NUM_MODES: internal, don't use |
| */ |
| enum ieee80211_smps_mode { |
| IEEE80211_SMPS_AUTOMATIC, |
| IEEE80211_SMPS_OFF, |
| IEEE80211_SMPS_STATIC, |
| IEEE80211_SMPS_DYNAMIC, |
| |
| /* keep last */ |
| IEEE80211_SMPS_NUM_MODES, |
| }; |
| |
| /** |
| * struct ieee80211_conf - configuration of the device |
| * |
| * This struct indicates how the driver shall configure the hardware. |
| * |
| * @flags: configuration flags defined above |
| * |
| * @listen_interval: listen interval in units of beacon interval |
| * @ps_dtim_period: The DTIM period of the AP we're connected to, for use |
| * in power saving. Power saving will not be enabled until a beacon |
| * has been received and the DTIM period is known. |
| * @dynamic_ps_timeout: The dynamic powersave timeout (in ms), see the |
| * powersave documentation below. This variable is valid only when |
| * the CONF_PS flag is set. |
| * |
| * @power_level: requested transmit power (in dBm), backward compatibility |
| * value only that is set to the minimum of all interfaces |
| * |
| * @chandef: the channel definition to tune to |
| * @radar_enabled: whether radar detection is enabled |
| * |
| * @long_frame_max_tx_count: Maximum number of transmissions for a "long" frame |
| * (a frame not RTS protected), called "dot11LongRetryLimit" in 802.11, |
| * but actually means the number of transmissions not the number of retries |
| * @short_frame_max_tx_count: Maximum number of transmissions for a "short" |
| * frame, called "dot11ShortRetryLimit" in 802.11, but actually means the |
| * number of transmissions not the number of retries |
| * |
| * @smps_mode: spatial multiplexing powersave mode; note that |
| * %IEEE80211_SMPS_STATIC is used when the device is not |
| * configured for an HT channel. |
| * Note that this is only valid if channel contexts are not used, |
| * otherwise each channel context has the number of chains listed. |
| */ |
| struct ieee80211_conf { |
| u32 flags; |
| int power_level, dynamic_ps_timeout; |
| |
| u16 listen_interval; |
| u8 ps_dtim_period; |
| |
| u8 long_frame_max_tx_count, short_frame_max_tx_count; |
| |
| struct cfg80211_chan_def chandef; |
| bool radar_enabled; |
| enum ieee80211_smps_mode smps_mode; |
| }; |
| |
| /** |
| * struct ieee80211_channel_switch - holds the channel switch data |
| * |
| * The information provided in this structure is required for channel switch |
| * operation. |
| * |
| * @timestamp: value in microseconds of the 64-bit Time Synchronization |
| * Function (TSF) timer when the frame containing the channel switch |
| * announcement was received. This is simply the rx.mactime parameter |
| * the driver passed into mac80211. |
| * @device_timestamp: arbitrary timestamp for the device, this is the |
| * rx.device_timestamp parameter the driver passed to mac80211. |
| * @block_tx: Indicates whether transmission must be blocked before the |
| * scheduled channel switch, as indicated by the AP. |
| * @chandef: the new channel to switch to |
| * @count: the number of TBTT's until the channel switch event |
| * @delay: maximum delay between the time the AP transmitted the last beacon in |
| * current channel and the expected time of the first beacon in the new |
| * channel, expressed in TU. |
| */ |
| struct ieee80211_channel_switch { |
| u64 timestamp; |
| u32 device_timestamp; |
| bool block_tx; |
| struct cfg80211_chan_def chandef; |
| u8 count; |
| u32 delay; |
| }; |
| |
| /** |
| * enum ieee80211_vif_flags - virtual interface flags |
| * |
| * @IEEE80211_VIF_BEACON_FILTER: the device performs beacon filtering |
| * on this virtual interface to avoid unnecessary CPU wakeups |
| * @IEEE80211_VIF_SUPPORTS_CQM_RSSI: the device can do connection quality |
| * monitoring on this virtual interface -- i.e. it can monitor |
| * connection quality related parameters, such as the RSSI level and |
| * provide notifications if configured trigger levels are reached. |
| * @IEEE80211_VIF_SUPPORTS_UAPSD: The device can do U-APSD for this |
| * interface. This flag should be set during interface addition, |
| * but may be set/cleared as late as authentication to an AP. It is |
| * only valid for managed/station mode interfaces. |
| * @IEEE80211_VIF_GET_NOA_UPDATE: request to handle NOA attributes |
| * and send P2P_PS notification to the driver if NOA changed, even |
| * this is not pure P2P vif. |
| */ |
| enum ieee80211_vif_flags { |
| IEEE80211_VIF_BEACON_FILTER = BIT(0), |
| IEEE80211_VIF_SUPPORTS_CQM_RSSI = BIT(1), |
| IEEE80211_VIF_SUPPORTS_UAPSD = BIT(2), |
| IEEE80211_VIF_GET_NOA_UPDATE = BIT(3), |
| }; |
| |
| |
| /** |
| * enum ieee80211_offload_flags - virtual interface offload flags |
| * |
| * @IEEE80211_OFFLOAD_ENCAP_ENABLED: tx encapsulation offload is enabled |
| * The driver supports sending frames passed as 802.3 frames by mac80211. |
| * It must also support sending 802.11 packets for the same interface. |
| * @IEEE80211_OFFLOAD_ENCAP_4ADDR: support 4-address mode encapsulation offload |
| * @IEEE80211_OFFLOAD_DECAP_ENABLED: rx encapsulation offload is enabled |
| * The driver supports passing received 802.11 frames as 802.3 frames to |
| * mac80211. |
| */ |
| |
| enum ieee80211_offload_flags { |
| IEEE80211_OFFLOAD_ENCAP_ENABLED = BIT(0), |
| IEEE80211_OFFLOAD_ENCAP_4ADDR = BIT(1), |
| IEEE80211_OFFLOAD_DECAP_ENABLED = BIT(2), |
| }; |
| |
| /** |
| * struct ieee80211_vif_cfg - interface configuration |
| * @assoc: association status |
| * @ibss_joined: indicates whether this station is part of an IBSS or not |
| * @ibss_creator: indicates if a new IBSS network is being created |
| * @ps: power-save mode (STA only). This flag is NOT affected by |
| * offchannel/dynamic_ps operations. |
| * @aid: association ID number, valid only when @assoc is true |
| * @arp_addr_list: List of IPv4 addresses for hardware ARP filtering. The |
| * may filter ARP queries targeted for other addresses than listed here. |
| * The driver must allow ARP queries targeted for all address listed here |
| * to pass through. An empty list implies no ARP queries need to pass. |
| * @arp_addr_cnt: Number of addresses currently on the list. Note that this |
| * may be larger than %IEEE80211_BSS_ARP_ADDR_LIST_LEN (the arp_addr_list |
| * array size), it's up to the driver what to do in that case. |
| * @ssid: The SSID of the current vif. Valid in AP and IBSS mode. |
| * @ssid_len: Length of SSID given in @ssid. |
| * @s1g: BSS is S1G BSS (affects Association Request format). |
| * @idle: This interface is idle. There's also a global idle flag in the |
| * hardware config which may be more appropriate depending on what |
| * your driver/device needs to do. |
| * @ap_addr: AP MLD address, or BSSID for non-MLO connections |
| * (station mode only) |
| */ |
| struct ieee80211_vif_cfg { |
| /* association related data */ |
| bool assoc, ibss_joined; |
| bool ibss_creator; |
| bool ps; |
| u16 aid; |
| |
| __be32 arp_addr_list[IEEE80211_BSS_ARP_ADDR_LIST_LEN]; |
| int arp_addr_cnt; |
| u8 ssid[IEEE80211_MAX_SSID_LEN]; |
| size_t ssid_len; |
| bool s1g; |
| bool idle; |
| u8 ap_addr[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2); |
| }; |
| |
| /** |
| * struct ieee80211_vif - per-interface data |
| * |
| * Data in this structure is continually present for driver |
| * use during the life of a virtual interface. |
| * |
| * @type: type of this virtual interface |
| * @cfg: vif configuration, see &struct ieee80211_vif_cfg |
| * @bss_conf: BSS configuration for this interface, either our own |
| * or the BSS we're associated to |
| * @link_conf: in case of MLD, the per-link BSS configuration, |
| * indexed by link ID |
| * @valid_links: bitmap of valid links, or 0 for non-MLO. |
| * @active_links: The bitmap of active links, or 0 for non-MLO. |
| * The driver shouldn't change this directly, but use the |
| * API calls meant for that purpose. |
| * @addr: address of this interface |
| * @p2p: indicates whether this AP or STA interface is a p2p |
| * interface, i.e. a GO or p2p-sta respectively |
| * @netdev_features: tx netdev features supported by the hardware for this |
| * vif. mac80211 initializes this to hw->netdev_features, and the driver |
| * can mask out specific tx features. mac80211 will handle software fixup |
| * for masked offloads (GSO, CSUM) |
| * @driver_flags: flags/capabilities the driver has for this interface, |
| * these need to be set (or cleared) when the interface is added |
| * or, if supported by the driver, the interface type is changed |
| * at runtime, mac80211 will never touch this field |
| * @offload_flags: hardware offload capabilities/flags for this interface. |
| * These are initialized by mac80211 before calling .add_interface, |
| * .change_interface or .update_vif_offload and updated by the driver |
| * within these ops, based on supported features or runtime change |
| * restrictions. |
| * @hw_queue: hardware queue for each AC |
| * @cab_queue: content-after-beacon (DTIM beacon really) queue, AP mode only |
| * @debugfs_dir: debugfs dentry, can be used by drivers to create own per |
| * interface debug files. Note that it will be NULL for the virtual |
| * monitor interface (if that is requested.) |
| * @probe_req_reg: probe requests should be reported to mac80211 for this |
| * interface. |
| * @rx_mcast_action_reg: multicast Action frames should be reported to mac80211 |
| * for this interface. |
| * @drv_priv: data area for driver use, will always be aligned to |
| * sizeof(void \*). |
| * @txq: the multicast data TX queue |
| * @offload_flags: 802.3 -> 802.11 enapsulation offload flags, see |
| * &enum ieee80211_offload_flags. |
| * @mbssid_tx_vif: Pointer to the transmitting interface if MBSSID is enabled. |
| */ |
| struct ieee80211_vif { |
| enum nl80211_iftype type; |
| struct ieee80211_vif_cfg cfg; |
| struct ieee80211_bss_conf bss_conf; |
| struct ieee80211_bss_conf __rcu *link_conf[IEEE80211_MLD_MAX_NUM_LINKS]; |
| u16 valid_links, active_links; |
| u8 addr[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2); |
| bool p2p; |
| |
| u8 cab_queue; |
| u8 hw_queue[IEEE80211_NUM_ACS]; |
| |
| struct ieee80211_txq *txq; |
| |
| netdev_features_t netdev_features; |
| u32 driver_flags; |
| u32 offload_flags; |
| |
| #ifdef CONFIG_MAC80211_DEBUGFS |
| struct dentry *debugfs_dir; |
| #endif |
| |
| bool probe_req_reg; |
| bool rx_mcast_action_reg; |
| |
| struct ieee80211_vif *mbssid_tx_vif; |
| |
| /* must be last */ |
| u8 drv_priv[] __aligned(sizeof(void *)); |
| }; |
| |
| #define for_each_vif_active_link(vif, link, link_id) \ |
| for (link_id = 0; link_id < ARRAY_SIZE((vif)->link_conf); link_id++) \ |
| if ((!(vif)->active_links || \ |
| (vif)->active_links & BIT(link_id)) && \ |
| (link = rcu_dereference((vif)->link_conf[link_id]))) |
| |
| static inline bool ieee80211_vif_is_mesh(struct ieee80211_vif *vif) |
| { |
| #ifdef CONFIG_MAC80211_MESH |
| return vif->type == NL80211_IFTYPE_MESH_POINT; |
| #endif |
| return false; |
| } |
| |
| /** |
| * wdev_to_ieee80211_vif - return a vif struct from a wdev |
| * @wdev: the wdev to get the vif for |
| * |
| * This can be used by mac80211 drivers with direct cfg80211 APIs |
| * (like the vendor commands) that get a wdev. |
| * |
| * Note that this function may return %NULL if the given wdev isn't |
| * associated with a vif that the driver knows about (e.g. monitor |
| * or AP_VLAN interfaces.) |
| */ |
| struct ieee80211_vif *wdev_to_ieee80211_vif(struct wireless_dev *wdev); |
| |
| /** |
| * ieee80211_vif_to_wdev - return a wdev struct from a vif |
| * @vif: the vif to get the wdev for |
| * |
| * This can be used by mac80211 drivers with direct cfg80211 APIs |
| * (like the vendor commands) that needs to get the wdev for a vif. |
| * This can also be useful to get the netdev associated to a vif. |
| */ |
| struct wireless_dev *ieee80211_vif_to_wdev(struct ieee80211_vif *vif); |
| |
| /** |
| * lockdep_vif_mutex_held - for lockdep checks on link poiners |
| * @vif: the interface to check |
| */ |
| static inline bool lockdep_vif_mutex_held(struct ieee80211_vif *vif) |
| { |
| return lockdep_is_held(&ieee80211_vif_to_wdev(vif)->mtx); |
| } |
| |
| #define link_conf_dereference_protected(vif, link_id) \ |
| rcu_dereference_protected((vif)->link_conf[link_id], \ |
| lockdep_vif_mutex_held(vif)) |
| |
| #define link_conf_dereference_check(vif, link_id) \ |
| rcu_dereference_check((vif)->link_conf[link_id], \ |
| lockdep_vif_mutex_held(vif)) |
| |
| /** |
| * enum ieee80211_key_flags - key flags |
| * |
| * These flags are used for communication about keys between the driver |
| * and mac80211, with the @flags parameter of &struct ieee80211_key_conf. |
| * |
| * @IEEE80211_KEY_FLAG_GENERATE_IV: This flag should be set by the |
| * driver to indicate that it requires IV generation for this |
| * particular key. Setting this flag does not necessarily mean that SKBs |
| * will have sufficient tailroom for ICV or MIC. |
| * @IEEE80211_KEY_FLAG_GENERATE_MMIC: This flag should be set by |
| * the driver for a TKIP key if it requires Michael MIC |
| * generation in software. |
| * @IEEE80211_KEY_FLAG_PAIRWISE: Set by mac80211, this flag indicates |
| * that the key is pairwise rather then a shared key. |
| * @IEEE80211_KEY_FLAG_SW_MGMT_TX: This flag should be set by the driver for a |
| * CCMP/GCMP key if it requires CCMP/GCMP encryption of management frames |
| * (MFP) to be done in software. |
| * @IEEE80211_KEY_FLAG_PUT_IV_SPACE: This flag should be set by the driver |
| * if space should be prepared for the IV, but the IV |
| * itself should not be generated. Do not set together with |
| * @IEEE80211_KEY_FLAG_GENERATE_IV on the same key. Setting this flag does |
| * not necessarily mean that SKBs will have sufficient tailroom for ICV or |
| * MIC. |
| * @IEEE80211_KEY_FLAG_RX_MGMT: This key will be used to decrypt received |
| * management frames. The flag can help drivers that have a hardware |
| * crypto implementation that doesn't deal with management frames |
| * properly by allowing them to not upload the keys to hardware and |
| * fall back to software crypto. Note that this flag deals only with |
| * RX, if your crypto engine can't deal with TX you can also set the |
| * %IEEE80211_KEY_FLAG_SW_MGMT_TX flag to encrypt such frames in SW. |
| * @IEEE80211_KEY_FLAG_GENERATE_IV_MGMT: This flag should be set by the |
| * driver for a CCMP/GCMP key to indicate that is requires IV generation |
| * only for management frames (MFP). |
| * @IEEE80211_KEY_FLAG_RESERVE_TAILROOM: This flag should be set by the |
| * driver for a key to indicate that sufficient tailroom must always |
| * be reserved for ICV or MIC, even when HW encryption is enabled. |
| * @IEEE80211_KEY_FLAG_PUT_MIC_SPACE: This flag should be set by the driver for |
| * a TKIP key if it only requires MIC space. Do not set together with |
| * @IEEE80211_KEY_FLAG_GENERATE_MMIC on the same key. |
| * @IEEE80211_KEY_FLAG_NO_AUTO_TX: Key needs explicit Tx activation. |
| * @IEEE80211_KEY_FLAG_GENERATE_MMIE: This flag should be set by the driver |
| * for a AES_CMAC key to indicate that it requires sequence number |
| * generation only |
| */ |
| enum ieee80211_key_flags { |
| IEEE80211_KEY_FLAG_GENERATE_IV_MGMT = BIT(0), |
| IEEE80211_KEY_FLAG_GENERATE_IV = BIT(1), |
| IEEE80211_KEY_FLAG_GENERATE_MMIC = BIT(2), |
| IEEE80211_KEY_FLAG_PAIRWISE = BIT(3), |
| IEEE80211_KEY_FLAG_SW_MGMT_TX = BIT(4), |
| IEEE80211_KEY_FLAG_PUT_IV_SPACE = BIT(5), |
| IEEE80211_KEY_FLAG_RX_MGMT = BIT(6), |
| IEEE80211_KEY_FLAG_RESERVE_TAILROOM = BIT(7), |
| IEEE80211_KEY_FLAG_PUT_MIC_SPACE = BIT(8), |
| IEEE80211_KEY_FLAG_NO_AUTO_TX = BIT(9), |
| IEEE80211_KEY_FLAG_GENERATE_MMIE = BIT(10), |
| }; |
| |
| /** |
| * struct ieee80211_key_conf - key information |
| * |
| * This key information is given by mac80211 to the driver by |
| * the set_key() callback in &struct ieee80211_ops. |
| * |
| * @hw_key_idx: To be set by the driver, this is the key index the driver |
| * wants to be given when a frame is transmitted and needs to be |
| * encrypted in hardware. |
| * @cipher: The key's cipher suite selector. |
| * @tx_pn: PN used for TX keys, may be used by the driver as well if it |
| * needs to do software PN assignment by itself (e.g. due to TSO) |
| * @flags: key flags, see &enum ieee80211_key_flags. |
| * @keyidx: the key index (0-3) |
| * @keylen: key material length |
| * @key: key material. For ALG_TKIP the key is encoded as a 256-bit (32 byte) |
| * data block: |
| * - Temporal Encryption Key (128 bits) |
| * - Temporal Authenticator Tx MIC Key (64 bits) |
| * - Temporal Authenticator Rx MIC Key (64 bits) |
| * @icv_len: The ICV length for this key type |
| * @iv_len: The IV length for this key type |
| * @link_id: the link ID for MLO, or -1 for non-MLO or pairwise keys |
| */ |
| struct ieee80211_key_conf { |
| atomic64_t tx_pn; |
| u32 cipher; |
| u8 icv_len; |
| u8 iv_len; |
| u8 hw_key_idx; |
| s8 keyidx; |
| u16 flags; |
| s8 link_id; |
| u8 keylen; |
| u8 key[]; |
| }; |
| |
| #define IEEE80211_MAX_PN_LEN 16 |
| |
| #define TKIP_PN_TO_IV16(pn) ((u16)(pn & 0xffff)) |
| #define TKIP_PN_TO_IV32(pn) ((u32)((pn >> 16) & 0xffffffff)) |
| |
| /** |
| * struct ieee80211_key_seq - key sequence counter |
| * |
| * @tkip: TKIP data, containing IV32 and IV16 in host byte order |
| * @ccmp: PN data, most significant byte first (big endian, |
| * reverse order than in packet) |
| * @aes_cmac: PN data, most significant byte first (big endian, |
| * reverse order than in packet) |
| * @aes_gmac: PN data, most significant byte first (big endian, |
| * reverse order than in packet) |
| * @gcmp: PN data, most significant byte first (big endian, |
| * reverse order than in packet) |
| * @hw: data for HW-only (e.g. cipher scheme) keys |
| */ |
| struct ieee80211_key_seq { |
| union { |
| struct { |
| u32 iv32; |
| u16 iv16; |
| } tkip; |
| struct { |
| u8 pn[6]; |
| } ccmp; |
| struct { |
| u8 pn[6]; |
| } aes_cmac; |
| struct { |
| u8 pn[6]; |
| } aes_gmac; |
| struct { |
| u8 pn[6]; |
| } gcmp; |
| struct { |
| u8 seq[IEEE80211_MAX_PN_LEN]; |
| u8 seq_len; |
| } hw; |
| }; |
| }; |
| |
| /** |
| * enum set_key_cmd - key command |
| * |
| * Used with the set_key() callback in &struct ieee80211_ops, this |
| * indicates whether a key is being removed or added. |
| * |
| * @SET_KEY: a key is set |
| * @DISABLE_KEY: a key must be disabled |
| */ |
| enum set_key_cmd { |
| SET_KEY, DISABLE_KEY, |
| }; |
| |
| /** |
| * enum ieee80211_sta_state - station state |
| * |
| * @IEEE80211_STA_NOTEXIST: station doesn't exist at all, |
| * this is a special state for add/remove transitions |
| * @IEEE80211_STA_NONE: station exists without special state |
| * @IEEE80211_STA_AUTH: station is authenticated |
| * @IEEE80211_STA_ASSOC: station is associated |
| * @IEEE80211_STA_AUTHORIZED: station is authorized (802.1X) |
| */ |
| enum ieee80211_sta_state { |
| /* NOTE: These need to be ordered correctly! */ |
| IEEE80211_STA_NOTEXIST, |
| IEEE80211_STA_NONE, |
| IEEE80211_STA_AUTH, |
| IEEE80211_STA_ASSOC, |
| IEEE80211_STA_AUTHORIZED, |
| }; |
| |
| /** |
| * enum ieee80211_sta_rx_bandwidth - station RX bandwidth |
| * @IEEE80211_STA_RX_BW_20: station can only receive 20 MHz |
| * @IEEE80211_STA_RX_BW_40: station can receive up to 40 MHz |
| * @IEEE80211_STA_RX_BW_80: station can receive up to 80 MHz |
| * @IEEE80211_STA_RX_BW_160: station can receive up to 160 MHz |
| * (including 80+80 MHz) |
| * @IEEE80211_STA_RX_BW_320: station can receive up to 320 MHz |
| * |
| * Implementation note: 20 must be zero to be initialized |
| * correctly, the values must be sorted. |
| */ |
| enum ieee80211_sta_rx_bandwidth { |
| IEEE80211_STA_RX_BW_20 = 0, |
| IEEE80211_STA_RX_BW_40, |
| IEEE80211_STA_RX_BW_80, |
| IEEE80211_STA_RX_BW_160, |
| IEEE80211_STA_RX_BW_320, |
| }; |
| |
| /** |
| * struct ieee80211_sta_rates - station rate selection table |
| * |
| * @rcu_head: RCU head used for freeing the table on update |
| * @rate: transmit rates/flags to be used by default. |
| * Overriding entries per-packet is possible by using cb tx control. |
| */ |
| struct ieee80211_sta_rates { |
| struct rcu_head rcu_head; |
| struct { |
| s8 idx; |
| u8 count; |
| u8 count_cts; |
| u8 count_rts; |
| u16 flags; |
| } rate[IEEE80211_TX_RATE_TABLE_SIZE]; |
| }; |
| |
| /** |
| * struct ieee80211_sta_txpwr - station txpower configuration |
| * |
| * Used to configure txpower for station. |
| * |
| * @power: indicates the tx power, in dBm, to be used when sending data frames |
| * to the STA. |
| * @type: In particular if TPC %type is NL80211_TX_POWER_LIMITED then tx power |
| * will be less than or equal to specified from userspace, whereas if TPC |
| * %type is NL80211_TX_POWER_AUTOMATIC then it indicates default tx power. |
| * NL80211_TX_POWER_FIXED is not a valid configuration option for |
| * per peer TPC. |
| */ |
| struct ieee80211_sta_txpwr { |
| s16 power; |
| enum nl80211_tx_power_setting type; |
| }; |
| |
| /** |
| * struct ieee80211_sta_aggregates - info that is aggregated from active links |
| * |
| * Used for any per-link data that needs to be aggregated and updated in the |
| * main &struct ieee80211_sta when updated or the active links change. |
| * |
| * @max_amsdu_len: indicates the maximal length of an A-MSDU in bytes. |
| * This field is always valid for packets with a VHT preamble. |
| * For packets with a HT preamble, additional limits apply: |
| * |
| * * If the skb is transmitted as part of a BA agreement, the |
| * A-MSDU maximal size is min(max_amsdu_len, 4065) bytes. |
| * * If the skb is not part of a BA agreement, the A-MSDU maximal |
| * size is min(max_amsdu_len, 7935) bytes. |
| * |
| * Both additional HT limits must be enforced by the low level |
| * driver. This is defined by the spec (IEEE 802.11-2012 section |
| * 8.3.2.2 NOTE 2). |
| * @max_rc_amsdu_len: Maximum A-MSDU size in bytes recommended by rate control. |
| * @max_tid_amsdu_len: Maximum A-MSDU size in bytes for this TID |
| */ |
| struct ieee80211_sta_aggregates { |
| u16 max_amsdu_len; |
| |
| u16 max_rc_amsdu_len; |
| u16 max_tid_amsdu_len[IEEE80211_NUM_TIDS]; |
| }; |
| |
| /** |
| * struct ieee80211_link_sta - station Link specific info |
| * All link specific info for a STA link for a non MLD STA(single) |
| * or a MLD STA(multiple entries) are stored here. |
| * |
| * @sta: reference to owning STA |
| * @addr: MAC address of the Link STA. For non-MLO STA this is same as the addr |
| * in ieee80211_sta. For MLO Link STA this addr can be same or different |
| * from addr in ieee80211_sta (representing MLD STA addr) |
| * @link_id: the link ID for this link STA (0 for deflink) |
| * @smps_mode: current SMPS mode (off, static or dynamic) |
| * @supp_rates: Bitmap of supported rates |
| * @ht_cap: HT capabilities of this STA; restricted to our own capabilities |
| * @vht_cap: VHT capabilities of this STA; restricted to our own capabilities |
| * @he_cap: HE capabilities of this STA |
| * @he_6ghz_capa: on 6 GHz, holds the HE 6 GHz band capabilities |
| * @eht_cap: EHT capabilities of this STA |
| * @bandwidth: current bandwidth the station can receive with |
| * @rx_nss: in HT/VHT, the maximum number of spatial streams the |
| * station can receive at the moment, changed by operating mode |
| * notifications and capabilities. The value is only valid after |
| * the station moves to associated state. |
| * @txpwr: the station tx power configuration |
| * |
| */ |
| struct ieee80211_link_sta { |
| struct ieee80211_sta *sta; |
| |
| u8 addr[ETH_ALEN]; |
| u8 link_id; |
| enum ieee80211_smps_mode smps_mode; |
| |
| u32 supp_rates[NUM_NL80211_BANDS]; |
| struct ieee80211_sta_ht_cap ht_cap; |
| struct ieee80211_sta_vht_cap vht_cap; |
| struct ieee80211_sta_he_cap he_cap; |
| struct ieee80211_he_6ghz_capa he_6ghz_capa; |
| struct ieee80211_sta_eht_cap eht_cap; |
| |
| struct ieee80211_sta_aggregates agg; |
| |
| u8 rx_nss; |
| enum ieee80211_sta_rx_bandwidth bandwidth; |
| struct ieee80211_sta_txpwr txpwr; |
| }; |
| |
| /** |
| * struct ieee80211_sta - station table entry |
| * |
| * A station table entry represents a station we are possibly |
| * communicating with. Since stations are RCU-managed in |
| * mac80211, any ieee80211_sta pointer you get access to must |
| * either be protected by rcu_read_lock() explicitly or implicitly, |
| * or you must take good care to not use such a pointer after a |
| * call to your sta_remove callback that removed it. |
| * This also represents the MLD STA in case of MLO association |
| * and holds pointers to various link STA's |
| * |
| * @addr: MAC address |
| * @aid: AID we assigned to the station if we're an AP |
| * @max_rx_aggregation_subframes: maximal amount of frames in a single AMPDU |
| * that this station is allowed to transmit to us. |
| * Can be modified by driver. |
| * @wme: indicates whether the STA supports QoS/WME (if local devices does, |
| * otherwise always false) |
| * @drv_priv: data area for driver use, will always be aligned to |
| * sizeof(void \*), size is determined in hw information. |
| * @uapsd_queues: bitmap of queues configured for uapsd. Only valid |
| * if wme is supported. The bits order is like in |
| * IEEE80211_WMM_IE_STA_QOSINFO_AC_*. |
| * @max_sp: max Service Period. Only valid if wme is supported. |
| * @rates: rate control selection table |
| * @tdls: indicates whether the STA is a TDLS peer |
| * @tdls_initiator: indicates the STA is an initiator of the TDLS link. Only |
| * valid if the STA is a TDLS peer in the first place. |
| * @mfp: indicates whether the STA uses management frame protection or not. |
| * @mlo: indicates whether the STA is MLO station. |
| * @max_amsdu_subframes: indicates the maximal number of MSDUs in a single |
| * A-MSDU. Taken from the Extended Capabilities element. 0 means |
| * unlimited. |
| * @cur: currently valid data as aggregated from the active links |
| * For non MLO STA it will point to the deflink data. For MLO STA |
| * ieee80211_sta_recalc_aggregates() must be called to update it. |
| * @support_p2p_ps: indicates whether the STA supports P2P PS mechanism or not. |
| * @txq: per-TID data TX queues; note that the last entry (%IEEE80211_NUM_TIDS) |
| * is used for non-data frames |
| * @deflink: This holds the default link STA information, for non MLO STA all link |
| * specific STA information is accessed through @deflink or through |
| * link[0] which points to address of @deflink. For MLO Link STA |
| * the first added link STA will point to deflink. |
| * @link: reference to Link Sta entries. For Non MLO STA, except 1st link, |
| * i.e link[0] all links would be assigned to NULL by default and |
| * would access link information via @deflink or link[0]. For MLO |
| * STA, first link STA being added will point its link pointer to |
| * @deflink address and remaining would be allocated and the address |
| * would be assigned to link[link_id] where link_id is the id assigned |
| * by the AP. |
| * @valid_links: bitmap of valid links, or 0 for non-MLO |
| */ |
| struct ieee80211_sta { |
| u8 addr[ETH_ALEN]; |
| u16 aid; |
| u16 max_rx_aggregation_subframes; |
| bool wme; |
| u8 uapsd_queues; |
| u8 max_sp; |
| struct ieee80211_sta_rates __rcu *rates; |
| bool tdls; |
| bool tdls_initiator; |
| bool mfp; |
| bool mlo; |
| u8 max_amsdu_subframes; |
| |
| struct ieee80211_sta_aggregates *cur; |
| |
| bool support_p2p_ps; |
| |
| struct ieee80211_txq *txq[IEEE80211_NUM_TIDS + 1]; |
| |
| u16 valid_links; |
| struct ieee80211_link_sta deflink; |
| struct ieee80211_link_sta __rcu *link[IEEE80211_MLD_MAX_NUM_LINKS]; |
| |
| /* must be last */ |
| u8 drv_priv[] __aligned(sizeof(void *)); |
| }; |
| |
| #ifdef CONFIG_LOCKDEP |
| bool lockdep_sta_mutex_held(struct ieee80211_sta *pubsta); |
| #else |
| static inline bool lockdep_sta_mutex_held(struct ieee80211_sta *pubsta) |
| { |
| return true; |
| } |
| #endif |
| |
| #define link_sta_dereference_protected(sta, link_id) \ |
| rcu_dereference_protected((sta)->link[link_id], \ |
| lockdep_sta_mutex_held(sta)) |
| |
| #define link_sta_dereference_check(sta, link_id) \ |
| rcu_dereference_check((sta)->link[link_id], \ |
| lockdep_sta_mutex_held(sta)) |
| |
| #define for_each_sta_active_link(vif, sta, link_sta, link_id) \ |
| for (link_id = 0; link_id < ARRAY_SIZE((sta)->link); link_id++) \ |
| if ((!(vif)->active_links || \ |
| (vif)->active_links & BIT(link_id)) && \ |
| ((link_sta) = link_sta_dereference_protected(sta, link_id))) |
| |
| /** |
| * enum sta_notify_cmd - sta notify command |
| * |
| * Used with the sta_notify() callback in &struct ieee80211_ops, this |
| * indicates if an associated station made a power state transition. |
| * |
| * @STA_NOTIFY_SLEEP: a station is now sleeping |
| * @STA_NOTIFY_AWAKE: a sleeping station woke up |
| */ |
| enum sta_notify_cmd { |
| STA_NOTIFY_SLEEP, STA_NOTIFY_AWAKE, |
| }; |
| |
| /** |
| * struct ieee80211_tx_control - TX control data |
| * |
| * @sta: station table entry, this sta pointer may be NULL and |
| * it is not allowed to copy the pointer, due to RCU. |
| */ |
| struct ieee80211_tx_control { |
| struct ieee80211_sta *sta; |
| }; |
| |
| /** |
| * struct ieee80211_txq - Software intermediate tx queue |
| * |
| * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback. |
| * @sta: station table entry, %NULL for per-vif queue |
| * @tid: the TID for this queue (unused for per-vif queue), |
| * %IEEE80211_NUM_TIDS for non-data (if enabled) |
| * @ac: the AC for this queue |
| * @drv_priv: driver private area, sized by hw->txq_data_size |
| * |
| * The driver can obtain packets from this queue by calling |
| * ieee80211_tx_dequeue(). |
| */ |
| struct ieee80211_txq { |
| struct ieee80211_vif *vif; |
| struct ieee80211_sta *sta; |
| u8 tid; |
| u8 ac; |
| |
| /* must be last */ |
| u8 drv_priv[] __aligned(sizeof(void *)); |
| }; |
| |
| /** |
| * enum ieee80211_hw_flags - hardware flags |
| * |
| * These flags are used to indicate hardware capabilities to |
| * the stack. Generally, flags here should have their meaning |
| * done in a way that the simplest hardware doesn't need setting |
| * any particular flags. There are some exceptions to this rule, |
| * however, so you are advised to review these flags carefully. |
| * |
| * @IEEE80211_HW_HAS_RATE_CONTROL: |
| * The hardware or firmware includes rate control, and cannot be |
| * controlled by the stack. As such, no rate control algorithm |
| * should be instantiated, and the TX rate reported to userspace |
| * will be taken from the TX status instead of the rate control |
| * algorithm. |
| * Note that this requires that the driver implement a number of |
| * callbacks so it has the correct information, it needs to have |
| * the @set_rts_threshold callback and must look at the BSS config |
| * @use_cts_prot for G/N protection, @use_short_slot for slot |
| * timing in 2.4 GHz and @use_short_preamble for preambles for |
| * CCK frames. |
| * |
| * @IEEE80211_HW_RX_INCLUDES_FCS: |
| * Indicates that received frames passed to the stack include |
| * the FCS at the end. |
| * |
| * @IEEE80211_HW_HOST_BROADCAST_PS_BUFFERING: |
| * Some wireless LAN chipsets buffer broadcast/multicast frames |
| * for power saving stations in the hardware/firmware and others |
| * rely on the host system for such buffering. This option is used |
| * to configure the IEEE 802.11 upper layer to buffer broadcast and |
| * multicast frames when there are power saving stations so that |
| * the driver can fetch them with ieee80211_get_buffered_bc(). |
| * |
| * @IEEE80211_HW_SIGNAL_UNSPEC: |
| * Hardware can provide signal values but we don't know its units. We |
| * expect values between 0 and @max_signal. |
| * If possible please provide dB or dBm instead. |
| * |
| * @IEEE80211_HW_SIGNAL_DBM: |
| * Hardware gives signal values in dBm, decibel difference from |
| * one milliwatt. This is the preferred method since it is standardized |
| * between different devices. @max_signal does not need to be set. |
| * |
| * @IEEE80211_HW_SPECTRUM_MGMT: |
| * Hardware supports spectrum management defined in 802.11h |
| * Measurement, Channel Switch, Quieting, TPC |
| * |
| * @IEEE80211_HW_AMPDU_AGGREGATION: |
| * Hardware supports 11n A-MPDU aggregation. |
| * |
| * @IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_PS: |
| * Hardware has power save support (i.e. can go to sleep). |
| * |
| * @IEEE80211_HW_PS_NULLFUNC_STACK: |
| * Hardware requires nullfunc frame handling in stack, implies |
| * stack support for dynamic PS. |
| * |
| * @IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_DYNAMIC_PS: |
| * Hardware has support for dynamic PS. |
| * |
| * @IEEE80211_HW_MFP_CAPABLE: |
| * Hardware supports management frame protection (MFP, IEEE 802.11w). |
| * |
| * @IEEE80211_HW_REPORTS_TX_ACK_STATUS: |
| * Hardware can provide ack status reports of Tx frames to |
| * the stack. |
| * |
| * @IEEE80211_HW_CONNECTION_MONITOR: |
| * The hardware performs its own connection monitoring, including |
| * periodic keep-alives to the AP and probing the AP on beacon loss. |
| * |
| * @IEEE80211_HW_NEED_DTIM_BEFORE_ASSOC: |
| * This device needs to get data from beacon before association (i.e. |
| * dtim_period). |
| * |
| * @IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_PER_STA_GTK: The device's crypto engine supports |
| * per-station GTKs as used by IBSS RSN or during fast transition. If |
| * the device doesn't support per-station GTKs, but can be asked not |
| * to decrypt group addressed frames, then IBSS RSN support is still |
| * possible but software crypto will be used. Advertise the wiphy flag |
| * only in that case. |
| * |
| * @IEEE80211_HW_AP_LINK_PS: When operating in AP mode the device |
| * autonomously manages the PS status of connected stations. When |
| * this flag is set mac80211 will not trigger PS mode for connected |
| * stations based on the PM bit of incoming frames. |
| * Use ieee80211_start_ps()/ieee8021_end_ps() to manually configure |
| * the PS mode of connected stations. |
| * |
| * @IEEE80211_HW_TX_AMPDU_SETUP_IN_HW: The device handles TX A-MPDU session |
| * setup strictly in HW. mac80211 should not attempt to do this in |
| * software. |
| * |
| * @IEEE80211_HW_WANT_MONITOR_VIF: The driver would like to be informed of |
| * a virtual monitor interface when monitor interfaces are the only |
| * active interfaces. |
| * |
| * @IEEE80211_HW_NO_AUTO_VIF: The driver would like for no wlanX to |
| * be created. It is expected user-space will create vifs as |
| * desired (and thus have them named as desired). |
| * |
| * @IEEE80211_HW_SW_CRYPTO_CONTROL: The driver wants to control which of the |
| * crypto algorithms can be done in software - so don't automatically |
| * try to fall back to it if hardware crypto fails, but do so only if |
| * the driver returns 1. This also forces the driver to advertise its |
| * supported cipher suites. |
| * |
| * @IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORT_FAST_XMIT: The driver/hardware supports fast-xmit, |
| * this currently requires only the ability to calculate the duration |
| * for frames. |
| * |
| * @IEEE80211_HW_QUEUE_CONTROL: The driver wants to control per-interface |
| * queue mapping in order to use different queues (not just one per AC) |
| * for different virtual interfaces. See the doc section on HW queue |
| * control for more details. |
| * |
| * @IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_RC_TABLE: The driver supports using a rate |
| * selection table provided by the rate control algorithm. |
| * |
| * @IEEE80211_HW_P2P_DEV_ADDR_FOR_INTF: Use the P2P Device address for any |
| * P2P Interface. This will be honoured even if more than one interface |
| * is supported. |
| * |
| * @IEEE80211_HW_TIMING_BEACON_ONLY: Use sync timing from beacon frames |
| * only, to allow getting TBTT of a DTIM beacon. |
| * |
| * @IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_HT_CCK_RATES: Hardware supports mixing HT/CCK rates |
| * and can cope with CCK rates in an aggregation session (e.g. by not |
| * using aggregation for such frames.) |
| * |
| * @IEEE80211_HW_CHANCTX_STA_CSA: Support 802.11h based channel-switch (CSA) |
| * for a single active channel while using channel contexts. When support |
| * is not enabled the default action is to disconnect when getting the |
| * CSA frame. |
| * |
| * @IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_CLONED_SKBS: The driver will never modify the payload |
| * or tailroom of TX skbs without copying them first. |
| * |
| * @IEEE80211_HW_SINGLE_SCAN_ON_ALL_BANDS: The HW supports scanning on all bands |
| * in one command, mac80211 doesn't have to run separate scans per band. |
| * |
| * @IEEE80211_HW_TDLS_WIDER_BW: The device/driver supports wider bandwidth |
| * than then BSS bandwidth for a TDLS link on the base channel. |
| * |
| * @IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_AMSDU_IN_AMPDU: The driver supports receiving A-MSDUs |
| * within A-MPDU. |
| * |
| * @IEEE80211_HW_BEACON_TX_STATUS: The device/driver provides TX status |
| * for sent beacons. |
| * |
| * @IEEE80211_HW_NEEDS_UNIQUE_STA_ADDR: Hardware (or driver) requires that each |
| * station has a unique address, i.e. each station entry can be identified |
| * by just its MAC address; this prevents, for example, the same station |
| * from connecting to two virtual AP interfaces at the same time. |
| * |
| * @IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_REORDERING_BUFFER: Hardware (or driver) manages the |
| * reordering buffer internally, guaranteeing mac80211 receives frames in |
| * order and does not need to manage its own reorder buffer or BA session |
| * timeout. |
| * |
| * @IEEE80211_HW_USES_RSS: The device uses RSS and thus requires parallel RX, |
| * which implies using per-CPU station statistics. |
| * |
| * @IEEE80211_HW_TX_AMSDU: Hardware (or driver) supports software aggregated |
| * A-MSDU frames. Requires software tx queueing and fast-xmit support. |
| * When not using minstrel/minstrel_ht rate control, the driver must |
| * limit the maximum A-MSDU size based on the current tx rate by setting |
| * max_rc_amsdu_len in struct ieee80211_sta. |
| * |
| * @IEEE80211_HW_TX_FRAG_LIST: Hardware (or driver) supports sending frag_list |
| * skbs, needed for zero-copy software A-MSDU. |
| * |
| * @IEEE80211_HW_REPORTS_LOW_ACK: The driver (or firmware) reports low ack event |
| * by ieee80211_report_low_ack() based on its own algorithm. For such |
| * drivers, mac80211 packet loss mechanism will not be triggered and driver |
| * is completely depending on firmware event for station kickout. |
| * |
| * @IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_TX_FRAG: Hardware does fragmentation by itself. |
| * The stack will not do fragmentation. |
| * The callback for @set_frag_threshold should be set as well. |
| * |
| * @IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_TDLS_BUFFER_STA: Hardware supports buffer STA on |
| * TDLS links. |
| * |
| * @IEEE80211_HW_DEAUTH_NEED_MGD_TX_PREP: The driver requires the |
| * mgd_prepare_tx() callback to be called before transmission of a |
| * deauthentication frame in case the association was completed but no |
| * beacon was heard. This is required in multi-channel scenarios, where the |
| * virtual interface might not be given air time for the transmission of |
| * the frame, as it is not synced with the AP/P2P GO yet, and thus the |
| * deauthentication frame might not be transmitted. |
| * |
| * @IEEE80211_HW_DOESNT_SUPPORT_QOS_NDP: The driver (or firmware) doesn't |
| * support QoS NDP for AP probing - that's most likely a driver bug. |
| * |
| * @IEEE80211_HW_BUFF_MMPDU_TXQ: use the TXQ for bufferable MMPDUs, this of |
| * course requires the driver to use TXQs to start with. |
| * |
| * @IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_VHT_EXT_NSS_BW: (Hardware) rate control supports VHT |
| * extended NSS BW (dot11VHTExtendedNSSBWCapable). This flag will be set if |
| * the selected rate control algorithm sets %RATE_CTRL_CAPA_VHT_EXT_NSS_BW |
| * but if the rate control is built-in then it must be set by the driver. |
| * See also the documentation for that flag. |
| * |
| * @IEEE80211_HW_STA_MMPDU_TXQ: use the extra non-TID per-station TXQ for all |
| * MMPDUs on station interfaces. This of course requires the driver to use |
| * TXQs to start with. |
| * |
| * @IEEE80211_HW_TX_STATUS_NO_AMPDU_LEN: Driver does not report accurate A-MPDU |
| * length in tx status information |
| * |
| * @IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_MULTI_BSSID: Hardware supports multi BSSID |
| * |
| * @IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_ONLY_HE_MULTI_BSSID: Hardware supports multi BSSID |
| * only for HE APs. Applies if @IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_MULTI_BSSID is set. |
| * |
| * @IEEE80211_HW_AMPDU_KEYBORDER_SUPPORT: The card and driver is only |
| * aggregating MPDUs with the same keyid, allowing mac80211 to keep Tx |
| * A-MPDU sessions active while rekeying with Extended Key ID. |
| * |
| * @IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_TX_ENCAP_OFFLOAD: Hardware supports tx encapsulation |
| * offload |
| * |
| * @IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_RX_DECAP_OFFLOAD: Hardware supports rx decapsulation |
| * offload |
| * |
| * @IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_CONC_MON_RX_DECAP: Hardware supports concurrent rx |
| * decapsulation offload and passing raw 802.11 frames for monitor iface. |
| * If this is supported, the driver must pass both 802.3 frames for real |
| * usage and 802.11 frames with %RX_FLAG_ONLY_MONITOR set for monitor to |
| * the stack. |
| * |
| * @IEEE80211_HW_DETECTS_COLOR_COLLISION: HW/driver has support for BSS color |
| * collision detection and doesn't need it in software. |
| * |
| * @IEEE80211_HW_MLO_MCAST_MULTI_LINK_TX: Hardware/driver handles transmitting |
| * multicast frames on all links, mac80211 should not do that. |
| * |
| * @NUM_IEEE80211_HW_FLAGS: number of hardware flags, used for sizing arrays |
| */ |
| enum ieee80211_hw_flags { |
| IEEE80211_HW_HAS_RATE_CONTROL, |
| IEEE80211_HW_RX_INCLUDES_FCS, |
| IEEE80211_HW_HOST_BROADCAST_PS_BUFFERING, |
| IEEE80211_HW_SIGNAL_UNSPEC, |
| IEEE80211_HW_SIGNAL_DBM, |
| IEEE80211_HW_NEED_DTIM_BEFORE_ASSOC, |
| IEEE80211_HW_SPECTRUM_MGMT, |
| IEEE80211_HW_AMPDU_AGGREGATION, |
| IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_PS, |
| IEEE80211_HW_PS_NULLFUNC_STACK, |
| IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_DYNAMIC_PS, |
| IEEE80211_HW_MFP_CAPABLE, |
| IEEE80211_HW_WANT_MONITOR_VIF, |
| IEEE80211_HW_NO_AUTO_VIF, |
| IEEE80211_HW_SW_CRYPTO_CONTROL, |
| IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORT_FAST_XMIT, |
| IEEE80211_HW_REPORTS_TX_ACK_STATUS, |
| IEEE80211_HW_CONNECTION_MONITOR, |
| IEEE80211_HW_QUEUE_CONTROL, |
| IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_PER_STA_GTK, |
| IEEE80211_HW_AP_LINK_PS, |
| IEEE80211_HW_TX_AMPDU_SETUP_IN_HW, |
| IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_RC_TABLE, |
| IEEE80211_HW_P2P_DEV_ADDR_FOR_INTF, |
| IEEE80211_HW_TIMING_BEACON_ONLY, |
| IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_HT_CCK_RATES, |
| IEEE80211_HW_CHANCTX_STA_CSA, |
| IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_CLONED_SKBS, |
| IEEE80211_HW_SINGLE_SCAN_ON_ALL_BANDS, |
| IEEE80211_HW_TDLS_WIDER_BW, |
| IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_AMSDU_IN_AMPDU, |
| IEEE80211_HW_BEACON_TX_STATUS, |
| IEEE80211_HW_NEEDS_UNIQUE_STA_ADDR, |
| IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_REORDERING_BUFFER, |
| IEEE80211_HW_USES_RSS, |
| IEEE80211_HW_TX_AMSDU, |
| IEEE80211_HW_TX_FRAG_LIST, |
| IEEE80211_HW_REPORTS_LOW_ACK, |
| IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_TX_FRAG, |
| IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_TDLS_BUFFER_STA, |
| IEEE80211_HW_DEAUTH_NEED_MGD_TX_PREP, |
| IEEE80211_HW_DOESNT_SUPPORT_QOS_NDP, |
| IEEE80211_HW_BUFF_MMPDU_TXQ, |
| IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_VHT_EXT_NSS_BW, |
| IEEE80211_HW_STA_MMPDU_TXQ, |
| IEEE80211_HW_TX_STATUS_NO_AMPDU_LEN, |
| IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_MULTI_BSSID, |
| IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_ONLY_HE_MULTI_BSSID, |
| IEEE80211_HW_AMPDU_KEYBORDER_SUPPORT, |
| IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_TX_ENCAP_OFFLOAD, |
| IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_RX_DECAP_OFFLOAD, |
| IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_CONC_MON_RX_DECAP, |
| IEEE80211_HW_DETECTS_COLOR_COLLISION, |
| IEEE80211_HW_MLO_MCAST_MULTI_LINK_TX, |
| |
| /* keep last, obviously */ |
| NUM_IEEE80211_HW_FLAGS |
| }; |
| |
| /** |
| * struct ieee80211_hw - hardware information and state |
| * |
| * This structure contains the configuration and hardware |
| * information for an 802.11 PHY. |
| * |
| * @wiphy: This points to the &struct wiphy allocated for this |
| * 802.11 PHY. You must fill in the @perm_addr and @dev |
| * members of this structure using SET_IEEE80211_DEV() |
| * and SET_IEEE80211_PERM_ADDR(). Additionally, all supported |
| * bands (with channels, bitrates) are registered here. |
| * |
| * @conf: &struct ieee80211_conf, device configuration, don't use. |
| * |
| * @priv: pointer to private area that was allocated for driver use |
| * along with this structure. |
| * |
| * @flags: hardware flags, see &enum ieee80211_hw_flags. |
| * |
| * @extra_tx_headroom: headroom to reserve in each transmit skb |
| * for use by the driver (e.g. for transmit headers.) |
| * |
| * @extra_beacon_tailroom: tailroom to reserve in each beacon tx skb. |
| * Can be used by drivers to add extra IEs. |
| * |
| * @max_signal: Maximum value for signal (rssi) in RX information, used |
| * only when @IEEE80211_HW_SIGNAL_UNSPEC or @IEEE80211_HW_SIGNAL_DB |
| * |
| * @max_listen_interval: max listen interval in units of beacon interval |
| * that HW supports |
| * |
| * @queues: number of available hardware transmit queues for |
| * data packets. WMM/QoS requires at least four, these |
| * queues need to have configurable access parameters. |
| * |
| * @rate_control_algorithm: rate control algorithm for this hardware. |
| * If unset (NULL), the default algorithm will be used. Must be |
| * set before calling ieee80211_register_hw(). |
| * |
| * @vif_data_size: size (in bytes) of the drv_priv data area |
| * within &struct ieee80211_vif. |
| * @sta_data_size: size (in bytes) of the drv_priv data area |
| * within &struct ieee80211_sta. |
| * @chanctx_data_size: size (in bytes) of the drv_priv data area |
| * within &struct ieee80211_chanctx_conf. |
| * @txq_data_size: size (in bytes) of the drv_priv data area |
| * within @struct ieee80211_txq. |
| * |
| * @max_rates: maximum number of alternate rate retry stages the hw |
| * can handle. |
| * @max_report_rates: maximum number of alternate rate retry stages |
| * the hw can report back. |
| * @max_rate_tries: maximum number of tries for each stage |
| * |
| * @max_rx_aggregation_subframes: maximum buffer size (number of |
| * sub-frames) to be used for A-MPDU block ack receiver |
| * aggregation. |
| * This is only relevant if the device has restrictions on the |
| * number of subframes, if it relies on mac80211 to do reordering |
| * it shouldn't be set. |
| * |
| * @max_tx_aggregation_subframes: maximum number of subframes in an |
| * aggregate an HT/HE device will transmit. In HT AddBA we'll |
| * advertise a constant value of 64 as some older APs crash if |
| * the window size is smaller (an example is LinkSys WRT120N |
| * with FW v1.0.07 build 002 Jun 18 2012). |
| * For AddBA to HE capable peers this value will be used. |
| * |
| * @max_tx_fragments: maximum number of tx buffers per (A)-MSDU, sum |
| * of 1 + skb_shinfo(skb)->nr_frags for each skb in the frag_list. |
| * |
| * @offchannel_tx_hw_queue: HW queue ID to use for offchannel TX |
| * (if %IEEE80211_HW_QUEUE_CONTROL is set) |
| * |
| * @radiotap_mcs_details: lists which MCS information can the HW |
| * reports, by default it is set to _MCS, _GI and _BW but doesn't |
| * include _FMT. Use %IEEE80211_RADIOTAP_MCS_HAVE_\* values, only |
| * adding _BW is supported today. |
| * |
| * @radiotap_vht_details: lists which VHT MCS information the HW reports, |
| * the default is _GI | _BANDWIDTH. |
| * Use the %IEEE80211_RADIOTAP_VHT_KNOWN_\* values. |
| * |
| * @radiotap_he: HE radiotap validity flags |
| * |
| * @radiotap_timestamp: Information for the radiotap timestamp field; if the |
| * @units_pos member is set to a non-negative value then the timestamp |
| * field will be added and populated from the &struct ieee80211_rx_status |
| * device_timestamp. |
| * @radiotap_timestamp.units_pos: Must be set to a combination of a |
| * IEEE80211_RADIOTAP_TIMESTAMP_UNIT_* and a |
| * IEEE80211_RADIOTAP_TIMESTAMP_SPOS_* value. |
| * @radiotap_timestamp.accuracy: If non-negative, fills the accuracy in the |
| * radiotap field and the accuracy known flag will be set. |
| * |
| * @netdev_features: netdev features to be set in each netdev created |
| * from this HW. Note that not all features are usable with mac80211, |
| * other features will be rejected during HW registration. |
| * |
| * @uapsd_queues: This bitmap is included in (re)association frame to indicate |
| * for each access category if it is uAPSD trigger-enabled and delivery- |
| * enabled. Use IEEE80211_WMM_IE_STA_QOSINFO_AC_* to set this bitmap. |
| * Each bit corresponds to different AC. Value '1' in specific bit means |
| * that corresponding AC is both trigger- and delivery-enabled. '0' means |
| * neither enabled. |
| * |
| * @uapsd_max_sp_len: maximum number of total buffered frames the WMM AP may |
| * deliver to a WMM STA during any Service Period triggered by the WMM STA. |
| * Use IEEE80211_WMM_IE_STA_QOSINFO_SP_* for correct values. |
| * |
| * @max_nan_de_entries: maximum number of NAN DE functions supported by the |
| * device. |
| * |
| * @tx_sk_pacing_shift: Pacing shift to set on TCP sockets when frames from |
| * them are encountered. The default should typically not be changed, |
| * unless the driver has good reasons for needing more buffers. |
| * |
| * @weight_multiplier: Driver specific airtime weight multiplier used while |
| * refilling deficit of each TXQ. |
| * |
| * @max_mtu: the max mtu could be set. |
| * |
| * @tx_power_levels: a list of power levels supported by the wifi hardware. |
| * The power levels can be specified either as integer or fractions. |
| * The power level at idx 0 shall be the maximum positive power level. |
| * |
| * @max_txpwr_levels_idx: the maximum valid idx of 'tx_power_levels' list. |
| */ |
| struct ieee80211_hw { |
| struct ieee80211_conf conf; |
| struct wiphy *wiphy; |
| const char *rate_control_algorithm; |
| void *priv; |
| unsigned long flags[BITS_TO_LONGS(NUM_IEEE80211_HW_FLAGS)]; |
| unsigned int extra_tx_headroom; |
| unsigned int extra_beacon_tailroom; |
| int vif_data_size; |
| int sta_data_size; |
| int chanctx_data_size; |
| int txq_data_size; |
| u16 queues; |
| u16 max_listen_interval; |
| s8 max_signal; |
| u8 max_rates; |
| u8 max_report_rates; |
| u8 max_rate_tries; |
| u16 max_rx_aggregation_subframes; |
| u16 max_tx_aggregation_subframes; |
| u8 max_tx_fragments; |
| u8 offchannel_tx_hw_queue; |
| u8 radiotap_mcs_details; |
| u16 radiotap_vht_details; |
| struct { |
| int units_pos; |
| s16 accuracy; |
| } radiotap_timestamp; |
| netdev_features_t netdev_features; |
| u8 uapsd_queues; |
| u8 uapsd_max_sp_len; |
| u8 max_nan_de_entries; |
| u8 tx_sk_pacing_shift; |
| u8 weight_multiplier; |
| u32 max_mtu; |
| const s8 *tx_power_levels; |
| u8 max_txpwr_levels_idx; |
| }; |
| |
| static inline bool _ieee80211_hw_check(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, |
| enum ieee80211_hw_flags flg) |
| { |
| return test_bit(flg, hw->flags); |
| } |
| #define ieee80211_hw_check(hw, flg) _ieee80211_hw_check(hw, IEEE80211_HW_##flg) |
| |
| static inline void _ieee80211_hw_set(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, |
| enum ieee80211_hw_flags flg) |
| { |
| return __set_bit(flg, hw->flags); |
| } |
| #define ieee80211_hw_set(hw, flg) _ieee80211_hw_set(hw, IEEE80211_HW_##flg) |
| |
| /** |
| * struct ieee80211_scan_request - hw scan request |
| * |
| * @ies: pointers different parts of IEs (in req.ie) |
| * @req: cfg80211 request. |
| */ |
| struct ieee80211_scan_request { |
| struct ieee80211_scan_ies ies; |
| |
| /* Keep last */ |
| struct cfg80211_scan_request req; |
| }; |
| |
| /** |
| * struct ieee80211_tdls_ch_sw_params - TDLS channel switch parameters |
| * |
| * @sta: peer this TDLS channel-switch request/response came from |
| * @chandef: channel referenced in a TDLS channel-switch request |
| * @action_code: see &enum ieee80211_tdls_actioncode |
| * @status: channel-switch response status |
| * @timestamp: time at which the frame was received |
| * @switch_time: switch-timing parameter received in the frame |
| * @switch_timeout: switch-timing parameter received in the frame |
| * @tmpl_skb: TDLS switch-channel response template |
| * @ch_sw_tm_ie: offset of the channel-switch timing IE inside @tmpl_skb |
| */ |
| struct ieee80211_tdls_ch_sw_params { |
| struct ieee80211_sta *sta; |
| struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef; |
| u8 action_code; |
| u32 status; |
| u32 timestamp; |
| u16 switch_time; |
| u16 switch_timeout; |
| struct sk_buff *tmpl_skb; |
| u32 ch_sw_tm_ie; |
| }; |
| |
| /** |
| * wiphy_to_ieee80211_hw - return a mac80211 driver hw struct from a wiphy |
| * |
| * @wiphy: the &struct wiphy which we want to query |
| * |
| * mac80211 drivers can use this to get to their respective |
| * &struct ieee80211_hw. Drivers wishing to get to their own private |
| * structure can then access it via hw->priv. Note that mac802111 drivers should |
| * not use wiphy_priv() to try to get their private driver structure as this |
| * is already used internally by mac80211. |
| * |
| * Return: The mac80211 driver hw struct of @wiphy. |
| */ |
| struct ieee80211_hw *wiphy_to_ieee80211_hw(struct wiphy *wiphy); |
| |
| /** |
| * SET_IEEE80211_DEV - set device for 802.11 hardware |
| * |
| * @hw: the &struct ieee80211_hw to set the device for |
| * @dev: the &struct device of this 802.11 device |
| */ |
| static inline void SET_IEEE80211_DEV(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct device *dev) |
| { |
| set_wiphy_dev(hw->wiphy, dev); |
| } |
| |
| /** |
| * SET_IEEE80211_PERM_ADDR - set the permanent MAC address for 802.11 hardware |
| * |
| * @hw: the &struct ieee80211_hw to set the MAC address for |
| * @addr: the address to set |
| */ |
| static inline void SET_IEEE80211_PERM_ADDR(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, const u8 *addr) |
| { |
| memcpy(hw->wiphy->perm_addr, addr, ETH_ALEN); |
| } |
| |
| static inline struct ieee80211_rate * |
| ieee80211_get_tx_rate(const struct ieee80211_hw *hw, |
| const struct ieee80211_tx_info *c) |
| { |
| if (WARN_ON_ONCE(c->control.rates[0].idx < 0)) |
| return NULL; |
| return &hw->wiphy->bands[c->band]->bitrates[c->control.rates[0].idx]; |
| } |
| |
| static inline struct ieee80211_rate * |
| ieee80211_get_rts_cts_rate(const struct ieee80211_hw *hw, |
| const struct ieee80211_tx_info *c) |
| { |
| if (c->control.rts_cts_rate_idx < 0) |
| return NULL; |
| return &hw->wiphy->bands[c->band]->bitrates[c->control.rts_cts_rate_idx]; |
| } |
| |
| static inline struct ieee80211_rate * |
| ieee80211_get_alt_retry_rate(const struct ieee80211_hw *hw, |
| const struct ieee80211_tx_info *c, int idx) |
| { |
| if (c->control.rates[idx + 1].idx < 0) |
| return NULL; |
| return &hw->wiphy->bands[c->band]->bitrates[c->control.rates[idx + 1].idx]; |
| } |
| |
| /** |
| * ieee80211_free_txskb - free TX skb |
| * @hw: the hardware |
| * @skb: the skb |
| * |
| * Free a transmit skb. Use this function when some failure |
| * to transmit happened and thus status cannot be reported. |
| */ |
| void ieee80211_free_txskb(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct sk_buff *skb); |
| |
| /** |
| * DOC: Hardware crypto acceleration |
| * |
| * mac80211 is capable of taking advantage of many hardware |
| * acceleration designs for encryption and decryption operations. |
| * |
| * The set_key() callback in the &struct ieee80211_ops for a given |
| * device is called to enable hardware acceleration of encryption and |
| * decryption. The callback takes a @sta parameter that will be NULL |
| * for default keys or keys used for transmission only, or point to |
| * the station information for the peer for individual keys. |
| * Multiple transmission keys with the same key index may be used when |
| * VLANs are configured for an access point. |
| * |
| * When transmitting, the TX control data will use the @hw_key_idx |
| * selected by the driver by modifying the &struct ieee80211_key_conf |
| * pointed to by the @key parameter to the set_key() function. |
| * |
| * The set_key() call for the %SET_KEY command should return 0 if |
| * the key is now in use, -%EOPNOTSUPP or -%ENOSPC if it couldn't be |
| * added; if you return 0 then hw_key_idx must be assigned to the |
| * hardware key index, you are free to use the full u8 range. |
| * |
| * Note that in the case that the @IEEE80211_HW_SW_CRYPTO_CONTROL flag is |
| * set, mac80211 will not automatically fall back to software crypto if |
| * enabling hardware crypto failed. The set_key() call may also return the |
| * value 1 to permit this specific key/algorithm to be done in software. |
| * |
| * When the cmd is %DISABLE_KEY then it must succeed. |
| * |
| * Note that it is permissible to not decrypt a frame even if a key |
| * for it has been uploaded to hardware, the stack will not make any |
| * decision based on whether a key has been uploaded or not but rather |
| * based on the receive flags. |
| * |
| * The &struct ieee80211_key_conf structure pointed to by the @key |
| * parameter is guaranteed to be valid until another call to set_key() |
| * removes it, but it can only be used as a cookie to differentiate |
| * keys. |
| * |
| * In TKIP some HW need to be provided a phase 1 key, for RX decryption |
| * acceleration (i.e. iwlwifi). Those drivers should provide update_tkip_key |
| * handler. |
| * The update_tkip_key() call updates the driver with the new phase 1 key. |
| * This happens every time the iv16 wraps around (every 65536 packets). The |
| * set_key() call will happen only once for each key (unless the AP did |
| * rekeying), it will not include a valid phase 1 key. The valid phase 1 key is |
| * provided by update_tkip_key only. The trigger that makes mac80211 call this |
| * handler is software decryption with wrap around of iv16. |
| * |
| * The set_default_unicast_key() call updates the default WEP key index |
| * configured to the hardware for WEP encryption type. This is required |
| * for devices that support offload of data packets (e.g. ARP responses). |
| * |
| * Mac80211 drivers should set the @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CAN_REPLACE_PTK0 flag |
| * when they are able to replace in-use PTK keys according to the following |
| * requirements: |
| * 1) They do not hand over frames decrypted with the old key to mac80211 |
| once the call to set_key() with command %DISABLE_KEY has been completed, |
| 2) either drop or continue to use the old key for any outgoing frames queued |
| at the time of the key deletion (including re-transmits), |
| 3) never send out a frame queued prior to the set_key() %SET_KEY command |
| encrypted with the new key when also needing |
| @IEEE80211_KEY_FLAG_GENERATE_IV and |
| 4) never send out a frame unencrypted when it should be encrypted. |
| Mac80211 will not queue any new frames for a deleted key to the driver. |
| */ |
| |
| /** |
| * DOC: Powersave support |
| * |
| * mac80211 has support for various powersave implementations. |
| * |
| * First, it can support hardware that handles all powersaving by itself, |
| * such hardware should simply set the %IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_PS hardware |
| * flag. In that case, it will be told about the desired powersave mode |
| * with the %IEEE80211_CONF_PS flag depending on the association status. |
| * The hardware must take care of sending nullfunc frames when necessary, |
| * i.e. when entering and leaving powersave mode. The hardware is required |
| * to look at the AID in beacons and signal to the AP that it woke up when |
| * it finds traffic directed to it. |
| * |
| * %IEEE80211_CONF_PS flag enabled means that the powersave mode defined in |
| * IEEE 802.11-2007 section 11.2 is enabled. This is not to be confused |
| * with hardware wakeup and sleep states. Driver is responsible for waking |
| * up the hardware before issuing commands to the hardware and putting it |
| * back to sleep at appropriate times. |
| * |
| * When PS is enabled, hardware needs to wakeup for beacons and receive the |
| * buffered multicast/broadcast frames after the beacon. Also it must be |
| * possible to send frames and receive the acknowledment frame. |
| * |
| * Other hardware designs cannot send nullfunc frames by themselves and also |
| * need software support for parsing the TIM bitmap. This is also supported |
| * by mac80211 by combining the %IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_PS and |
| * %IEEE80211_HW_PS_NULLFUNC_STACK flags. The hardware is of course still |
| * required to pass up beacons. The hardware is still required to handle |
| * waking up for multicast traffic; if it cannot the driver must handle that |
| * as best as it can, mac80211 is too slow to do that. |
| * |
| * Dynamic powersave is an extension to normal powersave in which the |
| * hardware stays awake for a user-specified period of time after sending a |
| * frame so that reply frames need not be buffered and therefore delayed to |
| * the next wakeup. It's compromise of getting good enough latency when |
| * there's data traffic and still saving significantly power in idle |
| * periods. |
| * |
| * Dynamic powersave is simply supported by mac80211 enabling and disabling |
| * PS based on traffic. Driver needs to only set %IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_PS |
| * flag and mac80211 will handle everything automatically. Additionally, |
| * hardware having support for the dynamic PS feature may set the |
| * %IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_DYNAMIC_PS flag to indicate that it can support |
| * dynamic PS mode itself. The driver needs to look at the |
| * @dynamic_ps_timeout hardware configuration value and use it that value |
| * whenever %IEEE80211_CONF_PS is set. In this case mac80211 will disable |
| * dynamic PS feature in stack and will just keep %IEEE80211_CONF_PS |
| * enabled whenever user has enabled powersave. |
| * |
| * Driver informs U-APSD client support by enabling |
| * %IEEE80211_VIF_SUPPORTS_UAPSD flag. The mode is configured through the |
| * uapsd parameter in conf_tx() operation. Hardware needs to send the QoS |
| * Nullfunc frames and stay awake until the service period has ended. To |
| * utilize U-APSD, dynamic powersave is disabled for voip AC and all frames |
| * from that AC are transmitted with powersave enabled. |
| * |
| * Note: U-APSD client mode is not yet supported with |
| * %IEEE80211_HW_PS_NULLFUNC_STACK. |
| */ |
| |
| /** |
| * DOC: Beacon filter support |
| * |
| * Some hardware have beacon filter support to reduce host cpu wakeups |
| * which will reduce system power consumption. It usually works so that |
| * the firmware creates a checksum of the beacon but omits all constantly |
| * changing elements (TSF, TIM etc). Whenever the checksum changes the |
| * beacon is forwarded to the host, otherwise it will be just dropped. That |
| * way the host will only receive beacons where some relevant information |
| * (for example ERP protection or WMM settings) have changed. |
| * |
| * Beacon filter support is advertised with the %IEEE80211_VIF_BEACON_FILTER |
| * interface capability. The driver needs to enable beacon filter support |
| * whenever power save is enabled, that is %IEEE80211_CONF_PS is set. When |
| * power save is enabled, the stack will not check for beacon loss and the |
| * driver needs to notify about loss of beacons with ieee80211_beacon_loss(). |
| * |
| * The time (or number of beacons missed) until the firmware notifies the |
| * driver of a beacon loss event (which in turn causes the driver to call |
| * ieee80211_beacon_loss()) should be configurable and will be controlled |
| * by mac80211 and the roaming algorithm in the future. |
| * |
| * Since there may be constantly changing information elements that nothing |
| * in the software stack cares about, we will, in the future, have mac80211 |
| * tell the driver which information elements are interesting in the sense |
| * that we want to see changes in them. This will include |
| * |
| * - a list of information element IDs |
| * - a list of OUIs for the vendor information element |
| * |
| * Ideally, the hardware would filter out any beacons without changes in the |
| * requested elements, but if it cannot support that it may, at the expense |
| * of some efficiency, filter out only a subset. For example, if the device |
| * doesn't support checking for OUIs it should pass up all changes in all |
| * vendor information elements. |
| * |
| * Note that change, for the sake of simplification, also includes information |
| * elements appearing or disappearing from the beacon. |
| * |
| * Some hardware supports an "ignore list" instead, just make sure nothing |
| * that was requested is on the ignore list, and include commonly changing |
| * information element IDs in the ignore list, for example 11 (BSS load) and |
| * the various vendor-assigned IEs with unknown contents (128, 129, 133-136, |
| * 149, 150, 155, 156, 173, 176, 178, 179, 219); for forward compatibility |
| * it could also include some currently unused IDs. |
| * |
| * |
| * In addition to these capabilities, hardware should support notifying the |
| * host of changes in the beacon RSSI. This is relevant to implement roaming |
| * when no traffic is flowing (when traffic is flowing we see the RSSI of |
| * the received data packets). This can consist in notifying the host when |
| * the RSSI changes significantly or when it drops below or rises above |
| * configurable thresholds. In the future these thresholds will also be |
| * configured by mac80211 (which gets them from userspace) to implement |
| * them as the roaming algorithm requires. |
| * |
| * If the hardware cannot implement this, the driver should ask it to |
| * periodically pass beacon frames to the host so that software can do the |
| * signal strength threshold checking. |
| */ |
| |
| /** |
| * DOC: Spatial multiplexing power save |
| * |
| * SMPS (Spatial multiplexing power save) is a mechanism to conserve |
| * power in an 802.11n implementation. For details on the mechanism |
| * and rationale, please refer to 802.11 (as amended by 802.11n-2009) |
| * "11.2.3 SM power save". |
| * |
| * The mac80211 implementation is capable of sending action frames |
| * to update the AP about the station's SMPS mode, and will instruct |
| * the driver to enter the specific mode. It will also announce the |
| * requested SMPS mode during the association handshake. Hardware |
| * support for this feature is required, and can be indicated by |
| * hardware flags. |
| * |
| * The default mode will be "automatic", which nl80211/cfg80211 |
| * defines to be dynamic SMPS in (regular) powersave, and SMPS |
| * turned off otherwise. |
| * |
| * To support this feature, the driver must set the appropriate |
| * hardware support flags, and handle the SMPS flag to the config() |
| * operation. It will then with this mechanism be instructed to |
| * enter the requested SMPS mode while associated to an HT AP. |
| */ |
| |
| /** |
| * DOC: Frame filtering |
| * |
| * mac80211 requires to see many management frames for proper |
| * operation, and users may want to see many more frames when |
| * in monitor mode. However, for best CPU usage and power consumption, |
| * having as few frames as possible percolate through the stack is |
| * desirable. Hence, the hardware should filter as much as possible. |
| * |
| * To achieve this, mac80211 uses filter flags (see below) to tell |
| * the driver's configure_filter() function which frames should be |
| * passed to mac80211 and which should be filtered out. |
| * |
| * Before configure_filter() is invoked, the prepare_multicast() |
| * callback is invoked with the parameters @mc_count and @mc_list |
| * for the combined multicast address list of all virtual interfaces. |
| * It's use is optional, and it returns a u64 that is passed to |
| * configure_filter(). Additionally, configure_filter() has the |
| * arguments @changed_flags telling which flags were changed and |
| * @total_flags with the new flag states. |
| * |
| * If your device has no multicast address filters your driver will |
| * need to check both the %FIF_ALLMULTI flag and the @mc_count |
| * parameter to see whether multicast frames should be accepted |
| * or dropped. |
| * |
| * All unsupported flags in @total_flags must be cleared. |
| * Hardware does not support a flag if it is incapable of _passing_ |
| * the frame to the stack. Otherwise the driver must ignore |
| * the flag, but not clear it. |
| * You must _only_ clear the flag (announce no support for the |
| * flag to mac80211) if you are not able to pass the packet type |
| * to the stack (so the hardware always filters it). |
| * So for example, you should clear @FIF_CONTROL, if your hardware |
| * always filters control frames. If your hardware always passes |
| * control frames to the kernel and is incapable of filtering them, |
| * you do _not_ clear the @FIF_CONTROL flag. |
| * This rule applies to all other FIF flags as well. |
| */ |
| |
| /** |
| * DOC: AP support for powersaving clients |
| * |
| * In order to implement AP and P2P GO modes, mac80211 has support for |
| * client powersaving, both "legacy" PS (PS-Poll/null data) and uAPSD. |
| * There currently is no support for sAPSD. |
| * |
| * There is one assumption that mac80211 makes, namely that a client |
| * will not poll with PS-Poll and trigger with uAPSD at the same time. |
| * Both are supported, and both can be used by the same client, but |
| * they can't be used concurrently by the same client. This simplifies |
| * the driver code. |
| * |
| * The first thing to keep in mind is that there is a flag for complete |
| * driver implementation: %IEEE80211_HW_AP_LINK_PS. If this flag is set, |
| * mac80211 expects the driver to handle most of the state machine for |
| * powersaving clients and will ignore the PM bit in incoming frames. |
| * Drivers then use ieee80211_sta_ps_transition() to inform mac80211 of |
| * stations' powersave transitions. In this mode, mac80211 also doesn't |
| * handle PS-Poll/uAPSD. |
| * |
| * In the mode without %IEEE80211_HW_AP_LINK_PS, mac80211 will check the |
| * PM bit in incoming frames for client powersave transitions. When a |
| * station goes to sleep, we will stop transmitting to it. There is, |
| * however, a race condition: a station might go to sleep while there is |
| * data buffered on hardware queues. If the device has support for this |
| * it will reject frames, and the driver should give the frames back to |
| * mac80211 with the %IEEE80211_TX_STAT_TX_FILTERED flag set which will |
| * cause mac80211 to retry the frame when the station wakes up. The |
| * driver is also notified of powersave transitions by calling its |
| * @sta_notify callback. |
| * |
| * When the station is asleep, it has three choices: it can wake up, |
| * it can PS-Poll, or it can possibly start a uAPSD service period. |
| * Waking up is implemented by simply transmitting all buffered (and |
| * filtered) frames to the station. This is the easiest case. When |
| * the station sends a PS-Poll or a uAPSD trigger frame, mac80211 |
| * will inform the driver of this with the @allow_buffered_frames |
| * callback; this callback is optional. mac80211 will then transmit |
| * the frames as usual and set the %IEEE80211_TX_CTL_NO_PS_BUFFER |
| * on each frame. The last frame in the service period (or the only |
| * response to a PS-Poll) also has %IEEE80211_TX_STATUS_EOSP set to |
| * indicate that it ends the service period; as this frame must have |
| * TX status report it also sets %IEEE80211_TX_CTL_REQ_TX_STATUS. |
| * When TX status is reported for this frame, the service period is |
| * marked has having ended and a new one can be started by the peer. |
| * |
| * Additionally, non-bufferable MMPDUs can also be transmitted by |
| * mac80211 with the %IEEE80211_TX_CTL_NO_PS_BUFFER set in them. |
| * |
| * Another race condition can happen on some devices like iwlwifi |
| * when there are frames queued for the station and it wakes up |
| * or polls; the frames that are already queued could end up being |
| * transmitted first instead, causing reordering and/or wrong |
| * processing of the EOSP. The cause is that allowing frames to be |
| * transmitted to a certain station is out-of-band communication to |
| * the device. To allow this problem to be solved, the driver can |
| * call ieee80211_sta_block_awake() if frames are buffered when it |
| * is notified that the station went to sleep. When all these frames |
| * have been filtered (see above), it must call the function again |
| * to indicate that the station is no longer blocked. |
| * |
| * If the driver buffers frames in the driver for aggregation in any |
| * way, it must use the ieee80211_sta_set_buffered() call when it is |
| * notified of the station going to sleep to inform mac80211 of any |
| * TIDs that have frames buffered. Note that when a station wakes up |
| * this information is reset (hence the requirement to call it when |
| * informed of the station going to sleep). Then, when a service |
| * period starts for any reason, @release_buffered_frames is called |
| * with the number of frames to be released and which TIDs they are |
| * to come from. In this case, the driver is responsible for setting |
| * the EOSP (for uAPSD) and MORE_DATA bits in the released frames, |
| * to help the @more_data parameter is passed to tell the driver if |
| * there is more data on other TIDs -- the TIDs to release frames |
| * from are ignored since mac80211 doesn't know how many frames the |
| * buffers for those TIDs contain. |
| * |
| * If the driver also implement GO mode, where absence periods may |
| * shorten service periods (or abort PS-Poll responses), it must |
| * filter those response frames except in the case of frames that |
| * are buffered in the driver -- those must remain buffered to avoid |
| * reordering. Because it is possible that no frames are released |
| * in this case, the driver must call ieee80211_sta_eosp() |
| * to indicate to mac80211 that the service period ended anyway. |
| * |
| * Finally, if frames from multiple TIDs are released from mac80211 |
| * but the driver might reorder them, it must clear & set the flags |
| * appropriately (only the last frame may have %IEEE80211_TX_STATUS_EOSP) |
| * and also take care of the EOSP and MORE_DATA bits in the frame. |
| * The driver may also use ieee80211_sta_eosp() in this case. |
| * |
| * Note that if the driver ever buffers frames other than QoS-data |
| * frames, it must take care to never send a non-QoS-data frame as |
| * the last frame in a service period, adding a QoS-nulldata frame |
| * after a non-QoS-data frame if needed. |
| */ |
| |
| /** |
| * DOC: HW queue control |
| * |
| * Before HW queue control was introduced, mac80211 only had a single static |
| * assignment of per-interface AC software queues to hardware queues. This |
| * was problematic for a few reasons: |
| * 1) off-channel transmissions might get stuck behind other frames |
| * 2) multiple virtual interfaces couldn't be handled correctly |
| * 3) after-DTIM frames could get stuck behind other frames |
| * |
| * To solve this, hardware typically uses multiple different queues for all |
| * the different usages, and this needs to be propagated into mac80211 so it |
| * won't have the same problem with the software queues. |
| * |
| * Therefore, mac80211 now offers the %IEEE80211_HW_QUEUE_CONTROL capability |
| * flag that tells it that the driver implements its own queue control. To do |
| * so, the driver will set up the various queues in each &struct ieee80211_vif |
| * and the offchannel queue in &struct ieee80211_hw. In response, mac80211 will |
| * use those queue IDs in the hw_queue field of &struct ieee80211_tx_info and |
| * if necessary will queue the frame on the right software queue that mirrors |
| * the hardware queue. |
| * Additionally, the driver has to then use these HW queue IDs for the queue |
| * management functions (ieee80211_stop_queue() et al.) |
| * |
| * The driver is free to set up the queue mappings as needed, multiple virtual |
| * interfaces may map to the same hardware queues if needed. The setup has to |
| * happen during add_interface or change_interface callbacks. For example, a |
| * driver supporting station+station and station+AP modes might decide to have |
| * 10 hardware queues to handle different scenarios: |
| * |
| * 4 AC HW queues for 1st vif: 0, 1, 2, 3 |
| * 4 AC HW queues for 2nd vif: 4, 5, 6, 7 |
| * after-DTIM queue for AP: 8 |
| * off-channel queue: 9 |
| * |
| * It would then set up the hardware like this: |
| * hw.offchannel_tx_hw_queue = 9 |
| * |
| * and the first virtual interface that is added as follows: |
| * vif.hw_queue[IEEE80211_AC_VO] = 0 |
| * vif.hw_queue[IEEE80211_AC_VI] = 1 |
| * vif.hw_queue[IEEE80211_AC_BE] = 2 |
| * vif.hw_queue[IEEE80211_AC_BK] = 3 |
| * vif.cab_queue = 8 // if AP mode, otherwise %IEEE80211_INVAL_HW_QUEUE |
| * and the second virtual interface with 4-7. |
| * |
| * If queue 6 gets full, for example, mac80211 would only stop the second |
| * virtual interface's BE queue since virtual interface queues are per AC. |
| * |
| * Note that the vif.cab_queue value should be set to %IEEE80211_INVAL_HW_QUEUE |
| * whenever the queue is not used (i.e. the interface is not in AP mode) if the |
| * queue could potentially be shared since mac80211 will look at cab_queue when |
| * a queue is stopped/woken even if the interface is not in AP mode. |
| */ |
| |
| /** |
| * enum ieee80211_filter_flags - hardware filter flags |
| * |
| * These flags determine what the filter in hardware should be |
| * programmed to let through and what should not be passed to the |
| * stack. It is always safe to pass more frames than requested, |
| * but this has negative impact on power consumption. |
| * |
| * @FIF_ALLMULTI: pass all multicast frames, this is used if requested |
| * by the user or if the hardware is not capable of filtering by |
| * multicast address. |
| * |
| * @FIF_FCSFAIL: pass frames with failed FCS (but you need to set the |
| * %RX_FLAG_FAILED_FCS_CRC for them) |
| * |
| * @FIF_PLCPFAIL: pass frames with failed PLCP CRC (but you need to set |
| * the %RX_FLAG_FAILED_PLCP_CRC for them |
| * |
| * @FIF_BCN_PRBRESP_PROMISC: This flag is set during scanning to indicate |
| * to the hardware that it should not filter beacons or probe responses |
| * by BSSID. Filtering them can greatly reduce the amount of processing |
| * mac80211 needs to do and the amount of CPU wakeups, so you should |
| * honour this flag if possible. |
| * |
| * @FIF_CONTROL: pass control frames (except for PS Poll) addressed to this |
| * station |
| * |
| * @FIF_OTHER_BSS: pass frames destined to other BSSes |
| * |
| * @FIF_PSPOLL: pass PS Poll frames |
| * |
| * @FIF_PROBE_REQ: pass probe request frames |
| * |
| * @FIF_MCAST_ACTION: pass multicast Action frames |
| */ |
| enum ieee80211_filter_flags { |
| FIF_ALLMULTI = 1<<1, |
| FIF_FCSFAIL = 1<<2, |
| FIF_PLCPFAIL = 1<<3, |
| FIF_BCN_PRBRESP_PROMISC = 1<<4, |
| FIF_CONTROL = 1<<5, |
| FIF_OTHER_BSS = 1<<6, |
| FIF_PSPOLL = 1<<7, |
| FIF_PROBE_REQ = 1<<8, |
| FIF_MCAST_ACTION = 1<<9, |
| }; |
| |
| /** |
| * enum ieee80211_ampdu_mlme_action - A-MPDU actions |
| * |
| * These flags are used with the ampdu_action() callback in |
| * &struct ieee80211_ops to indicate which action is needed. |
| * |
| * Note that drivers MUST be able to deal with a TX aggregation |
| * session being stopped even before they OK'ed starting it by |
| * calling ieee80211_start_tx_ba_cb_irqsafe, because the peer |
| * might receive the addBA frame and send a delBA right away! |
| * |
| * @IEEE80211_AMPDU_RX_START: start RX aggregation |
| * @IEEE80211_AMPDU_RX_STOP: stop RX aggregation |
| * @IEEE80211_AMPDU_TX_START: start TX aggregation, the driver must either |
| * call ieee80211_start_tx_ba_cb_irqsafe() or |
| * call ieee80211_start_tx_ba_cb_irqsafe() with status |
| * %IEEE80211_AMPDU_TX_START_DELAY_ADDBA to delay addba after |
| * ieee80211_start_tx_ba_cb_irqsafe is called, or just return the special |
| * status %IEEE80211_AMPDU_TX_START_IMMEDIATE. |
| * @IEEE80211_AMPDU_TX_OPERATIONAL: TX aggregation has become operational |
| * @IEEE80211_AMPDU_TX_STOP_CONT: stop TX aggregation but continue transmitting |
| * queued packets, now unaggregated. After all packets are transmitted the |
| * driver has to call ieee80211_stop_tx_ba_cb_irqsafe(). |
| * @IEEE80211_AMPDU_TX_STOP_FLUSH: stop TX aggregation and flush all packets, |
| * called when the station is removed. There's no need or reason to call |
| * ieee80211_stop_tx_ba_cb_irqsafe() in this case as mac80211 assumes the |
| * session is gone and removes the station. |
| * @IEEE80211_AMPDU_TX_STOP_FLUSH_CONT: called when TX aggregation is stopped |
| * but the driver hasn't called ieee80211_stop_tx_ba_cb_irqsafe() yet and |
| * now the connection is dropped and the station will be removed. Drivers |
| * should clean up and drop remaining packets when this is called. |
| */ |
| enum ieee80211_ampdu_mlme_action { |
| IEEE80211_AMPDU_RX_START, |
| IEEE80211_AMPDU_RX_STOP, |
| IEEE80211_AMPDU_TX_START, |
| IEEE80211_AMPDU_TX_STOP_CONT, |
| IEEE80211_AMPDU_TX_STOP_FLUSH, |
| IEEE80211_AMPDU_TX_STOP_FLUSH_CONT, |
| IEEE80211_AMPDU_TX_OPERATIONAL, |
| }; |
| |
| #define IEEE80211_AMPDU_TX_START_IMMEDIATE 1 |
| #define IEEE80211_AMPDU_TX_START_DELAY_ADDBA 2 |
| |
| /** |
| * struct ieee80211_ampdu_params - AMPDU action parameters |
| * |
| * @action: the ampdu action, value from %ieee80211_ampdu_mlme_action. |
| * @sta: peer of this AMPDU session |
| * @tid: tid of the BA session |
| * @ssn: start sequence number of the session. TX/RX_STOP can pass 0. When |
| * action is set to %IEEE80211_AMPDU_RX_START the driver passes back the |
| * actual ssn value used to start the session and writes the value here. |
| * @buf_size: reorder buffer size (number of subframes). Valid only when the |
| * action is set to %IEEE80211_AMPDU_RX_START or |
| * %IEEE80211_AMPDU_TX_OPERATIONAL |
| * @amsdu: indicates the peer's ability to receive A-MSDU within A-MPDU. |
| * valid when the action is set to %IEEE80211_AMPDU_TX_OPERATIONAL |
| * @timeout: BA session timeout. Valid only when the action is set to |
| * %IEEE80211_AMPDU_RX_START |
| */ |
| struct ieee80211_ampdu_params { |
| enum ieee80211_ampdu_mlme_action action; |
| struct ieee80211_sta *sta; |
| u16 tid; |
| u16 ssn; |
| u16 buf_size; |
| bool amsdu; |
| u16 timeout; |
| }; |
| |
| /** |
| * enum ieee80211_frame_release_type - frame release reason |
| * @IEEE80211_FRAME_RELEASE_PSPOLL: frame released for PS-Poll |
| * @IEEE80211_FRAME_RELEASE_UAPSD: frame(s) released due to |
| * frame received on trigger-enabled AC |
| */ |
| enum ieee80211_frame_release_type { |
| IEEE80211_FRAME_RELEASE_PSPOLL, |
| IEEE80211_FRAME_RELEASE_UAPSD, |
| }; |
| |
| /** |
| * enum ieee80211_rate_control_changed - flags to indicate what changed |
| * |
| * @IEEE80211_RC_BW_CHANGED: The bandwidth that can be used to transmit |
| * to this station changed. The actual bandwidth is in the station |
| * information -- for HT20/40 the IEEE80211_HT_CAP_SUP_WIDTH_20_40 |
| * flag changes, for HT and VHT the bandwidth field changes. |
| * @IEEE80211_RC_SMPS_CHANGED: The SMPS state of the station changed. |
| * @IEEE80211_RC_SUPP_RATES_CHANGED: The supported rate set of this peer |
| * changed (in IBSS mode) due to discovering more information about |
| * the peer. |
| * @IEEE80211_RC_NSS_CHANGED: N_SS (number of spatial streams) was changed |
| * by the peer |
| */ |
| enum ieee80211_rate_control_changed { |
| IEEE80211_RC_BW_CHANGED = BIT(0), |
| IEEE80211_RC_SMPS_CHANGED = BIT(1), |
| IEEE80211_RC_SUPP_RATES_CHANGED = BIT(2), |
| IEEE80211_RC_NSS_CHANGED = BIT(3), |
| }; |
| |
| /** |
| * enum ieee80211_roc_type - remain on channel type |
| * |
| * With the support for multi channel contexts and multi channel operations, |
| * remain on channel operations might be limited/deferred/aborted by other |
| * flows/operations which have higher priority (and vice versa). |
| * Specifying the ROC type can be used by devices to prioritize the ROC |
| * operations compared to other operations/flows. |
| * |
| * @IEEE80211_ROC_TYPE_NORMAL: There are no special requirements for this ROC. |
| * @IEEE80211_ROC_TYPE_MGMT_TX: The remain on channel request is required |
| * for sending management frames offchannel. |
| */ |
| enum ieee80211_roc_type { |
| IEEE80211_ROC_TYPE_NORMAL = 0, |
| IEEE80211_ROC_TYPE_MGMT_TX, |
| }; |
| |
| /** |
| * enum ieee80211_reconfig_type - reconfig type |
| * |
| * This enum is used by the reconfig_complete() callback to indicate what |
| * reconfiguration type was completed. |
| * |
| * @IEEE80211_RECONFIG_TYPE_RESTART: hw restart type |
| * (also due to resume() callback returning 1) |
| * @IEEE80211_RECONFIG_TYPE_SUSPEND: suspend type (regardless |
| * of wowlan configuration) |
| */ |
| enum ieee80211_reconfig_type { |
| IEEE80211_RECONFIG_TYPE_RESTART, |
| IEEE80211_RECONFIG_TYPE_SUSPEND, |
| }; |
| |
| /** |
| * struct ieee80211_prep_tx_info - prepare TX information |
| * @duration: if non-zero, hint about the required duration, |
| * only used with the mgd_prepare_tx() method. |
| * @subtype: frame subtype (auth, (re)assoc, deauth, disassoc) |
| * @success: whether the frame exchange was successful, only |
| * used with the mgd_complete_tx() method, and then only |
| * valid for auth and (re)assoc. |
| */ |
| struct ieee80211_prep_tx_info { |
| u16 duration; |
| u16 subtype; |
| u8 success:1; |
| }; |
| |
| /** |
| * struct ieee80211_ops - callbacks from mac80211 to the driver |
| * |
| * This structure contains various callbacks that the driver may |
| * handle or, in some cases, must handle, for example to configure |
| * the hardware to a new channel or to transmit a frame. |
| * |
| * @tx: Handler that 802.11 module calls for each transmitted frame. |
| * skb contains the buffer starting from the IEEE 802.11 header. |
| * The low-level driver should send the frame out based on |
| * configuration in the TX control data. This handler should, |
| * preferably, never fail and stop queues appropriately. |
| * Must be atomic. |
| * |
| * @start: Called before the first netdevice attached to the hardware |
| * is enabled. This should turn on the hardware and must turn on |
| * frame reception (for possibly enabled monitor interfaces.) |
| * Returns negative error codes, these may be seen in userspace, |
| * or zero. |
| * When the device is started it should not have a MAC address |
| * to avoid acknowledging frames before a non-monitor device |
| * is added. |
| * Must be implemented and can sleep. |
| * |
| * @stop: Called after last netdevice attached to the hardware |
| * is disabled. This should turn off the hardware (at least |
| * it must turn off frame reception.) |
| * May be called right after add_interface if that rejects |
| * an interface. If you added any work onto the mac80211 workqueue |
| * you should ensure to cancel it on this callback. |
| * Must be implemented and can sleep. |
| * |
| * @suspend: Suspend the device; mac80211 itself will quiesce before and |
| * stop transmitting and doing any other configuration, and then |
| * ask the device to suspend. This is only invoked when WoWLAN is |
| * configured, otherwise the device is deconfigured completely and |
| * reconfigured at resume time. |
| * The driver may also impose special conditions under which it |
| * wants to use the "normal" suspend (deconfigure), say if it only |
| * supports WoWLAN when the device is associated. In this case, it |
| * must return 1 from this function. |
| * |
| * @resume: If WoWLAN was configured, this indicates that mac80211 is |
| * now resuming its operation, after this the device must be fully |
| * functional again. If this returns an error, the only way out is |
| * to also unregister the device. If it returns 1, then mac80211 |
| * will also go through the regular complete restart on resume. |
| * |
| * @set_wakeup: Enable or disable wakeup when WoWLAN configuration is |
| * modified. The reason is that device_set_wakeup_enable() is |
| * supposed to be called when the configuration changes, not only |
| * in suspend(). |
| * |
| * @add_interface: Called when a netdevice attached to the hardware is |
| * enabled. Because it is not called for monitor mode devices, @start |
| * and @stop must be implemented. |
| * The driver should perform any initialization it needs before |
| * the device can be enabled. The initial configuration for the |
| * interface is given in the conf parameter. |
| * The callback may refuse to add an interface by returning a |
| * negative error code (which will be seen in userspace.) |
| * Must be implemented and can sleep. |
| * |
| * @change_interface: Called when a netdevice changes type. This callback |
| * is optional, but only if it is supported can interface types be |
| * switched while the interface is UP. The callback may sleep. |
| * Note that while an interface is being switched, it will not be |
| * found by the interface iteration callbacks. |
| * |
| * @remove_interface: Notifies a driver that an interface is going down. |
| * The @stop callback is called after this if it is the last interface |
| * and no monitor interfaces are present. |
| * When all interfaces are removed, the MAC address in the hardware |
| * must be cleared so the device no longer acknowledges packets, |
| * the mac_addr member of the conf structure is, however, set to the |
| * MAC address of the device going away. |
| * Hence, this callback must be implemented. It can sleep. |
| * |
| * @config: Handler for configuration requests. IEEE 802.11 code calls this |
| * function to change hardware configuration, e.g., channel. |
| * This function should never fail but returns a negative error code |
| * if it does. The callback can sleep. |
| * |
| * @bss_info_changed: Handler for configuration requests related to BSS |
| * parameters that may vary during BSS's lifespan, and may affect low |
| * level driver (e.g. assoc/disassoc status, erp parameters). |
| * This function should not be used if no BSS has been set, unless |
| * for association indication. The @changed parameter indicates which |
| * of the bss parameters has changed when a call is made. The callback |
| * can sleep. |
| * Note: this callback is called if @vif_cfg_changed or @link_info_changed |
| * are not implemented. |
| * |
| * @vif_cfg_changed: Handler for configuration requests related to interface |
| * (MLD) parameters from &struct ieee80211_vif_cfg that vary during the |
| * lifetime of the interface (e.g. assoc status, IP addresses, etc.) |
| * The @changed parameter indicates which value changed. |
| * The callback can sleep. |
| * |
| * @link_info_changed: Handler for configuration requests related to link |
| * parameters from &struct ieee80211_bss_conf that are related to an |
| * individual link. e.g. legacy/HT/VHT/... rate information. |
| * The @changed parameter indicates which value changed, and the @link_id |
| * parameter indicates the link ID. Note that the @link_id will be 0 for |
| * non-MLO connections. |
| * The callback can sleep. |
| * |
| * @prepare_multicast: Prepare for multicast filter configuration. |
| * This callback is optional, and its return value is passed |
| * to configure_filter(). This callback must be atomic. |
| * |
| * @configure_filter: Configure the device's RX filter. |
| * See the section "Frame filtering" for more information. |
| * This callback must be implemented and can sleep. |
| * |
| * @config_iface_filter: Configure the interface's RX filter. |
| * This callback is optional and is used to configure which frames |
| * should be passed to mac80211. The filter_flags is the combination |
| * of FIF_* flags. The changed_flags is a bit mask that indicates |
| * which flags are changed. |
| * This callback can sleep. |
| * |
| * @set_tim: Set TIM bit. mac80211 calls this function when a TIM bit |
| * must be set or cleared for a given STA. Must be atomic. |
| * |
| * @set_key: See the section "Hardware crypto acceleration" |
| * This callback is only called between add_interface and |
| * remove_interface calls, i.e. while the given virtual interface |
| * is enabled. |
| * Returns a negative error code if the key can't be added. |
| * The callback can sleep. |
| * |
| * @update_tkip_key: See the section "Hardware crypto acceleration" |
| * This callback will be called in the context of Rx. Called for drivers |
| * which set IEEE80211_KEY_FLAG_TKIP_REQ_RX_P1_KEY. |
| * The callback must be atomic. |
| * |
| * @set_rekey_data: If the device supports GTK rekeying, for example while the |
| * host is suspended, it can assign this callback to retrieve the data |
| * necessary to do GTK rekeying, this is the KEK, KCK and replay counter. |
| * After rekeying was done it should (for example during resume) notify |
| * userspace of the new replay counter using ieee80211_gtk_rekey_notify(). |
| * |
| * @set_default_unicast_key: Set the default (unicast) key index, useful for |
| * WEP when the device sends data packets autonomously, e.g. for ARP |
| * offloading. The index can be 0-3, or -1 for unsetting it. |
| * |
| * @hw_scan: Ask the hardware to service the scan request, no need to start |
| * the scan state machine in stack. The scan must honour the channel |
| * configuration done by the regulatory agent in the wiphy's |
| * registered bands. The hardware (or the driver) needs to make sure |
| * that power save is disabled. |
| * The @req ie/ie_len members are rewritten by mac80211 to contain the |
| * entire IEs after the SSID, so that drivers need not look at these |
| * at all but just send them after the SSID -- mac80211 includes the |
| * (extended) supported rates and HT information (where applicable). |
| * When the scan finishes, ieee80211_scan_completed() must be called; |
| * note that it also must be called when the scan cannot finish due to |
| * any error unless this callback returned a negative error code. |
| * This callback is also allowed to return the special return value 1, |
| * this indicates that hardware scan isn't desirable right now and a |
| * software scan should be done instead. A driver wishing to use this |
| * capability must ensure its (hardware) scan capabilities aren't |
| * advertised as more capable than mac80211's software scan is. |
| * The callback can sleep. |
| * |
| * @cancel_hw_scan: Ask the low-level tp cancel the active hw scan. |
| * The driver should ask the hardware to cancel the scan (if possible), |
| * but the scan will be completed only after the driver will call |
| * ieee80211_scan_completed(). |
| * This callback is needed for wowlan, to prevent enqueueing a new |
| * scan_work after the low-level driver was already suspended. |
| * The callback can sleep. |
| * |
| * @sched_scan_start: Ask the hardware to start scanning repeatedly at |
| * specific intervals. The driver must call the |
| * ieee80211_sched_scan_results() function whenever it finds results. |
| * This process will continue until sched_scan_stop is called. |
| * |
| * @sched_scan_stop: Tell the hardware to stop an ongoing scheduled scan. |
| * In this case, ieee80211_sched_scan_stopped() must not be called. |
| * |
| * @sw_scan_start: Notifier function that is called just before a software scan |
| * is started. Can be NULL, if the driver doesn't need this notification. |
| * The mac_addr parameter allows supporting NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_RANDOM_ADDR, |
| * the driver may set the NL80211_FEATURE_SCAN_RANDOM_MAC_ADDR flag if it |
| * can use this parameter. The callback can sleep. |
| * |
| * @sw_scan_complete: Notifier function that is called just after a |
| * software scan finished. Can be NULL, if the driver doesn't need |
| * this notification. |
| * The callback can sleep. |
| * |
| * @get_stats: Return low-level statistics. |
| * Returns zero if statistics are available. |
| * The callback can sleep. |
| * |
| * @get_key_seq: If your device implements encryption in hardware and does |
| * IV/PN assignment then this callback should be provided to read the |
| * IV/PN for the given key from hardware. |
| * The callback must be atomic. |
| * |
| * @set_frag_threshold: Configuration of fragmentation threshold. Assign this |
| * if the device does fragmentation by itself. Note that to prevent the |
| * stack from doing fragmentation IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_TX_FRAG |
| * should be set as well. |
| * The callback can sleep. |
| * |
| * @set_rts_threshold: Configuration of RTS threshold (if device needs it) |
| * The callback can sleep. |
| * |
| * @sta_add: Notifies low level driver about addition of an associated station, |
| * AP, IBSS/WDS/mesh peer etc. This callback can sleep. |
| * |
| * @sta_remove: Notifies low level driver about removal of an associated |
| * station, AP, IBSS/WDS/mesh peer etc. Note that after the callback |
| * returns it isn't safe to use the pointer, not even RCU protected; |
| * no RCU grace period is guaranteed between returning here and freeing |
| * the station. See @sta_pre_rcu_remove if needed. |
| * This callback can sleep. |
| * |
| * @sta_add_debugfs: Drivers can use this callback to add debugfs files |
| * when a station is added to mac80211's station list. This callback |
| * should be within a CONFIG_MAC80211_DEBUGFS conditional. This |
| * callback can sleep. |
| * |
| * @link_sta_add_debugfs: Drivers can use this callback to add debugfs files |
| * when a link is added to a mac80211 station. This callback |
| * should be within a CPTCFG_MAC80211_DEBUGFS conditional. This |
| * callback can sleep. |
| * For non-MLO the callback will be called once for the deflink with the |
| * station's directory rather than a separate subdirectory. |
| * |
| * @sta_notify: Notifies low level driver about power state transition of an |
| * associated station, AP, IBSS/WDS/mesh peer etc. For a VIF operating |
| * in AP mode, this callback will not be called when the flag |
| * %IEEE80211_HW_AP_LINK_PS is set. Must be atomic. |
| * |
| * @sta_set_txpwr: Configure the station tx power. This callback set the tx |
| * power for the station. |
| * This callback can sleep. |
| * |
| * @sta_state: Notifies low level driver about state transition of a |
| * station (which can be the AP, a client, IBSS/WDS/mesh peer etc.) |
| * This callback is mutually exclusive with @sta_add/@sta_remove. |
| * It must not fail for down transitions but may fail for transitions |
| * up the list of states. Also note that after the callback returns it |
| * isn't safe to use the pointer, not even RCU protected - no RCU grace |
| * period is guaranteed between returning here and freeing the station. |
| * See @sta_pre_rcu_remove if needed. |
| * The callback can sleep. |
| * |
| * @sta_pre_rcu_remove: Notify driver about station removal before RCU |
| * synchronisation. This is useful if a driver needs to have station |
| * pointers protected using RCU, it can then use this call to clear |
| * the pointers instead of waiting for an RCU grace period to elapse |
| * in @sta_state. |
| * The callback can sleep. |
| * |
| * @sta_rc_update: Notifies the driver of changes to the bitrates that can be |
| * used to transmit to the station. The changes are advertised with bits |
| * from &enum ieee80211_rate_control_changed and the values are reflected |
| * in the station data. This callback should only be used when the driver |
| * uses hardware rate control (%IEEE80211_HW_HAS_RATE_CONTROL) since |
| * otherwise the rate control algorithm is notified directly. |
| * Must be atomic. |
| * @sta_rate_tbl_update: Notifies the driver that the rate table changed. This |
| * is only used if the configured rate control algorithm actually uses |
| * the new rate table API, and is therefore optional. Must be atomic. |
| * |
| * @sta_statistics: Get statistics for this station. For example with beacon |
| * filtering, the statistics kept by mac80211 might not be accurate, so |
| * let the driver pre-fill the statistics. The driver can fill most of |
| * the values (indicating which by setting the filled bitmap), but not |
| * all of them make sense - see the source for which ones are possible. |
| * Statistics that the driver doesn't fill will be filled by mac80211. |
| * The callback can sleep. |
| * |
| * @conf_tx: Configure TX queue parameters (EDCF (aifs, cw_min, cw_max), |
| * bursting) for a hardware TX queue. |
| * Returns a negative error code on failure. |
| * The callback can sleep. |
| * |
| * @get_tsf: Get the current TSF timer value from firmware/hardware. Currently, |
| * this is only used for IBSS mode BSSID merging and debugging. Is not a |
| * required function. |
| * The callback can sleep. |
| * |
| * @set_tsf: Set the TSF timer to the specified value in the firmware/hardware. |
| * Currently, this is only used for IBSS mode debugging. Is not a |
| * required function. |
| * The callback can sleep. |
| * |
| * @offset_tsf: Offset the TSF timer by the specified value in the |
| * firmware/hardware. Preferred to set_tsf as it avoids delay between |
| * calling set_tsf() and hardware getting programmed, which will show up |
| * as TSF delay. Is not a required function. |
| * The callback can sleep. |
| * |
| * @reset_tsf: Reset the TSF timer and allow firmware/hardware to synchronize |
| * with other STAs in the IBSS. This is only used in IBSS mode. This |
| * function is optional if the firmware/hardware takes full care of |
| * TSF synchronization. |
| * The callback can sleep. |
| * |
| * @tx_last_beacon: Determine whether the last IBSS beacon was sent by us. |
| * This is needed only for IBSS mode and the result of this function is |
| * used to determine whether to reply to Probe Requests. |
| * Returns non-zero if this device sent the last beacon. |
| * The callback can sleep. |
| * |
| * @get_survey: Return per-channel survey information |
| * |
| * @rfkill_poll: Poll rfkill hardware state. If you need this, you also |
| * need to set wiphy->rfkill_poll to %true before registration, |
| * and need to call wiphy_rfkill_set_hw_state() in the callback. |
| * The callback can sleep. |
| * |
| * @set_coverage_class: Set slot time for given coverage class as specified |
| * in IEEE 802.11-2007 section 17.3.8.6 and modify ACK timeout |
| * accordingly; coverage class equals to -1 to enable ACK timeout |
| * estimation algorithm (dynack). To disable dynack set valid value for |
| * coverage class. This callback is not required and may sleep. |
| * |
| * @testmode_cmd: Implement a cfg80211 test mode command. The passed @vif may |
| * be %NULL. The callback can sleep. |
| * @testmode_dump: Implement a cfg80211 test mode dump. The callback can sleep. |
| * |
| * @flush: Flush all pending frames from the hardware queue, making sure |
| * that the hardware queues are empty. The @queues parameter is a bitmap |
| * of queues to flush, which is useful if different virtual interfaces |
| * use different hardware queues; it may also indicate all queues. |
| * If the parameter @drop is set to %true, pending frames may be dropped. |
| * Note that vif can be NULL. |
| * The callback can sleep. |
| * |
| * @channel_switch: Drivers that need (or want) to offload the channel |
| * switch operation for CSAs received from the AP may implement this |
| * callback. They must then call ieee80211_chswitch_done() to indicate |
| * completion of the channel switch. |
| * |
| * @set_antenna: Set antenna configuration (tx_ant, rx_ant) on the device. |
| * Parameters are bitmaps of allowed antennas to use for TX/RX. Drivers may |
| * reject TX/RX mask combinations they cannot support by returning -EINVAL |
| * (also see nl80211.h @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_TX). |
| * |
| * @get_antenna: Get current antenna configuration from device (tx_ant, rx_ant). |
| * |
| * @remain_on_channel: Starts an off-channel period on the given channel, must |
| * call back to ieee80211_ready_on_channel() when on that channel. Note |
| * that normal channel traffic is not stopped as this is intended for hw |
| * offload. Frames to transmit on the off-channel channel are transmitted |
| * normally except for the %IEEE80211_TX_CTL_TX_OFFCHAN flag. When the |
| * duration (which will always be non-zero) expires, the driver must call |
| * ieee80211_remain_on_channel_expired(). |
| * Note that this callback may be called while the device is in IDLE and |
| * must be accepted in this case. |
| * This callback may sleep. |
| * @cancel_remain_on_channel: Requests that an ongoing off-channel period is |
| * aborted before it expires. This callback may sleep. |
| * |
| * @set_ringparam: Set tx and rx ring sizes. |
| * |
| * @get_ringparam: Get tx and rx ring current and maximum sizes. |
| * |
| * @tx_frames_pending: Check if there is any pending frame in the hardware |
| * queues before entering power save. |
| * |
| * @set_bitrate_mask: Set a mask of rates to be used for rate control selection |
| * when transmitting a frame. Currently only legacy rates are handled. |
| * The callback can sleep. |
| * @event_callback: Notify driver about any event in mac80211. See |
| * &enum ieee80211_event_type for the different types. |
| * The callback must be atomic. |
| * |
| * @release_buffered_frames: Release buffered frames according to the given |
| * parameters. In the case where the driver buffers some frames for |
| * sleeping stations mac80211 will use this callback to tell the driver |
| * to release some frames, either for PS-poll or uAPSD. |
| * Note that if the @more_data parameter is %false the driver must check |
| * if there are more frames on the given TIDs, and if there are more than |
| * the frames being released then it must still set the more-data bit in |
| * the frame. If the @more_data parameter is %true, then of course the |
| * more-data bit must always be set. |
| * The @tids parameter tells the driver which TIDs to release frames |
| * from, for PS-poll it will always have only a single bit set. |
| * In the case this is used for a PS-poll initiated release, the |
| * @num_frames parameter will always be 1 so code can be shared. In |
| * this case the driver must also set %IEEE80211_TX_STATUS_EOSP flag |
| * on the TX status (and must report TX status) so that the PS-poll |
| * period is properly ended. This is used to avoid sending multiple |
| * responses for a retried PS-poll frame. |
| * In the case this is used for uAPSD, the @num_frames parameter may be |
| * bigger than one, but the driver may send fewer frames (it must send |
| * at least one, however). In this case it is also responsible for |
| * setting the EOSP flag in the QoS header of the frames. Also, when the |
| * service period ends, the driver must set %IEEE80211_TX_STATUS_EOSP |
| * on the last frame in the SP. Alternatively, it may call the function |
| * ieee80211_sta_eosp() to inform mac80211 of the end of the SP. |
| * This callback must be atomic. |
| * @allow_buffered_frames: Prepare device to allow the given number of frames |
| * to go out to the given station. The frames will be sent by mac80211 |
| * via the usual TX path after this call. The TX information for frames |
| * released will also have the %IEEE80211_TX_CTL_NO_PS_BUFFER flag set |
| * and the last one will also have %IEEE80211_TX_STATUS_EOSP set. In case |
| * frames from multiple TIDs are released and the driver might reorder |
| * them between the TIDs, it must set the %IEEE80211_TX_STATUS_EOSP flag |
| * on the last frame and clear it on all others and also handle the EOSP |
| * bit in the QoS header correctly. Alternatively, it can also call the |
| * ieee80211_sta_eosp() function. |
| * The @tids parameter is a bitmap and tells the driver which TIDs the |
| * frames will be on; it will at most have two bits set. |
| * This callback must be atomic. |
| * |
| * @get_et_sset_count: Ethtool API to get string-set count. |
| * |
| * @get_et_stats: Ethtool API to get a set of u64 stats. |
| * |
| * @get_et_strings: Ethtool API to get a set of strings to describe stats |
| * and perhaps other supported types of ethtool data-sets. |
| * |
| * @mgd_prepare_tx: Prepare for transmitting a management frame for association |
| * before associated. In multi-channel scenarios, a virtual interface is |
| * bound to a channel before it is associated, but as it isn't associated |
| * yet it need not necessarily be given airtime, in particular since any |
| * transmission to a P2P GO needs to be synchronized against the GO's |
| * powersave state. mac80211 will call this function before transmitting a |
| * management frame prior to having successfully associated to allow the |
| * driver to give it channel time for the transmission, to get a response |
| * and to be able to synchronize with the GO. |
| * For drivers that set %IEEE80211_HW_DEAUTH_NEED_MGD_TX_PREP, mac80211 |
| * would also call this function before transmitting a deauthentication |
| * frame in case that no beacon was heard from the AP/P2P GO. |
| * The callback will be called before each transmission and upon return |
| * mac80211 will transmit the frame right away. |
| * Additional information is passed in the &struct ieee80211_prep_tx_info |
| * data. If duration there is greater than zero, mac80211 hints to the |
| * driver the duration for which the operation is requested. |
| * The callback is optional and can (should!) sleep. |
| * @mgd_complete_tx: Notify the driver that the response frame for a previously |
| * transmitted frame announced with @mgd_prepare_tx was received, the data |
| * is filled similarly to @mgd_prepare_tx though the duration is not used. |
| * |
| * @mgd_protect_tdls_discover: Protect a TDLS discovery session. After sending |
| * a TDLS discovery-request, we expect a reply to arrive on the AP's |
| * channel. We must stay on the channel (no PSM, scan, etc.), since a TDLS |
| * setup-response is a direct packet not buffered by the AP. |
| * mac80211 will call this function just before the transmission of a TDLS |
| * discovery-request. The recommended period of protection is at least |
| * 2 * (DTIM period). |
| * The callback is optional and can sleep. |
| * |
| * @add_chanctx: Notifies device driver about new channel context creation. |
| * This callback may sleep. |
| * @remove_chanctx: Notifies device driver about channel context destruction. |
| * This callback may sleep. |
| * @change_chanctx: Notifies device driver about channel context changes that |
| * may happen when combining different virtual interfaces on the same |
| * channel context with different settings |
| * This callback may sleep. |
| * @assign_vif_chanctx: Notifies device driver about channel context being bound |
| * to vif. Possible use is for hw queue remapping. |
| * This callback may sleep. |
| * @unassign_vif_chanctx: Notifies device driver about channel context being |
| * unbound from vif. |
| * This callback may sleep. |
| * @switch_vif_chanctx: switch a number of vifs from one chanctx to |
| * another, as specified in the list of |
| * @ieee80211_vif_chanctx_switch passed to the driver, according |
| * to the mode defined in &ieee80211_chanctx_switch_mode. |
| * This callback may sleep. |
| * |
| * @start_ap: Start operation on the AP interface, this is called after all the |
| * information in bss_conf is set and beacon can be retrieved. A channel |
| * context is bound before this is called. Note that if the driver uses |
| * software scan or ROC, this (and @stop_ap) isn't called when the AP is |
| * just "paused" for scanning/ROC, which is indicated by the beacon being |
| * disabled/enabled via @bss_info_changed. |
| * @stop_ap: Stop operation on the AP interface. |
| * |
| * @reconfig_complete: Called after a call to ieee80211_restart_hw() and |
| * during resume, when the reconfiguration has completed. |
| * This can help the driver implement the reconfiguration step (and |
| * indicate mac80211 is ready to receive frames). |
| * This callback may sleep. |
| * |
| * @ipv6_addr_change: IPv6 address assignment on the given interface changed. |
| * Currently, this is only called for managed or P2P client interfaces. |
| * This callback is optional; it must not sleep. |
| * |
| * @channel_switch_beacon: Starts a channel switch to a new channel. |
| * Beacons are modified to include CSA or ECSA IEs before calling this |
| * function. The corresponding count fields in these IEs must be |
| * decremented, and when they reach 1 the driver must call |
| * ieee80211_csa_finish(). Drivers which use ieee80211_beacon_get() |
| * get the csa counter decremented by mac80211, but must check if it is |
| * 1 using ieee80211_beacon_counter_is_complete() after the beacon has been |
| * transmitted and then call ieee80211_csa_finish(). |
| * If the CSA count starts as zero or 1, this function will not be called, |
| * since there won't be any time to beacon before the switch anyway. |
| * @pre_channel_switch: This is an optional callback that is called |
| * before a channel switch procedure is started (ie. when a STA |
| * gets a CSA or a userspace initiated channel-switch), allowing |
| * the driver to prepare for the channel switch. |
| * @post_channel_switch: This is an optional callback that is called |
| * after a channel switch procedure is completed, allowing the |
| * driver to go back to a normal configuration. |
| * @abort_channel_switch: This is an optional callback that is called |
| * when channel switch procedure was completed, allowing the |
| * driver to go back to a normal configuration. |
| * @channel_switch_rx_beacon: This is an optional callback that is called |
| * when channel switch procedure is in progress and additional beacon with |
| * CSA IE was received, allowing driver to track changes in count. |
| * @join_ibss: Join an IBSS (on an IBSS interface); this is called after all |
| * information in bss_conf is set up and the beacon can be retrieved. A |
| * channel context is bound before this is called. |
| * @leave_ibss: Leave the IBSS again. |
| * |
| * @get_expected_throughput: extract the expected throughput towards the |
| * specified station. The returned value is expressed in Kbps. It returns 0 |
| * if the RC algorithm does not have proper data to provide. |
| * |
| * @get_txpower: get current maximum tx power (in dBm) based on configuration |
| * and hardware limits. |
| * |
| * @tdls_channel_switch: Start channel-switching with a TDLS peer. The driver |
| * is responsible for continually initiating channel-switching operations |
| * and returning to the base channel for communication with the AP. The |
| * driver receives a channel-switch request template and the location of |
| * the switch-timing IE within the template as part of the invocation. |
| * The template is valid only within the call, and the driver can |
| * optionally copy the skb for further re-use. |
| * @tdls_cancel_channel_switch: Stop channel-switching with a TDLS peer. Both |
| * peers must be on the base channel when the call completes. |
| * @tdls_recv_channel_switch: a TDLS channel-switch related frame (request or |
| * response) has been received from a remote peer. The driver gets |
| * parameters parsed from the incoming frame and may use them to continue |
| * an ongoing channel-switch operation. In addition, a channel-switch |
| * response template is provided, together with the location of the |
| * switch-timing IE within the template. The skb can only be used within |
| * the function call. |
| * |
| * @wake_tx_queue: Called when new packets have been added to the queue. |
| * @sync_rx_queues: Process all pending frames in RSS queues. This is a |
| * synchronization which is needed in case driver has in its RSS queues |
| * pending frames that were received prior to the control path action |
| * currently taken (e.g. disassociation) but are not processed yet. |
| * |
| * @start_nan: join an existing NAN cluster, or create a new one. |
| * @stop_nan: leave the NAN cluster. |
| * @nan_change_conf: change NAN configuration. The data in cfg80211_nan_conf |
| * contains full new configuration and changes specify which parameters |
| * are changed with respect to the last NAN config. |
| * The driver gets both full configuration and the changed parameters since |
| * some devices may need the full configuration while others need only the |
| * changed parameters. |
| * @add_nan_func: Add a NAN function. Returns 0 on success. The data in |
| * cfg80211_nan_func must not be referenced outside the scope of |
| * this call. |
| * @del_nan_func: Remove a NAN function. The driver must call |
| * ieee80211_nan_func_terminated() with |
| * NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON_USER_REQUEST reason code upon removal. |
| * @can_aggregate_in_amsdu: Called in order to determine if HW supports |
| * aggregating two specific frames in the same A-MSDU. The relation |
| * between the skbs should be symmetric and transitive. Note that while |
| * skb is always a real frame, head may or may not be an A-MSDU. |
| * @get_ftm_responder_stats: Retrieve FTM responder statistics, if available. |
| * Statistics should be cumulative, currently no way to reset is provided. |
| * |
| * @start_pmsr: start peer measurement (e.g. FTM) (this call can sleep) |
| * @abort_pmsr: abort peer measurement (this call can sleep) |
| * @set_tid_config: Apply TID specific configurations. This callback may sleep. |
| * @reset_tid_config: Reset TID specific configuration for the peer. |
| * This callback may sleep. |
| * @update_vif_offload: Update virtual interface offload flags |
| * This callback may sleep. |
| * @sta_set_4addr: Called to notify the driver when a station starts/stops using |
| * 4-address mode |
| * @set_sar_specs: Update the SAR (TX power) settings. |
| * @sta_set_decap_offload: Called to notify the driver when a station is allowed |
| * to use rx decapsulation offload |
| * @add_twt_setup: Update hw with TWT agreement parameters received from the peer. |
| * This callback allows the hw to check if requested parameters |
| * are supported and if there is enough room for a new agreement. |
| * The hw is expected to set agreement result in the req_type field of |
| * twt structure. |
| * @twt_teardown_request: Update the hw with TWT teardown request received |
| * from the peer. |
| * @set_radar_background: Configure dedicated offchannel chain available for |
| * radar/CAC detection on some hw. This chain can't be used to transmit |
| * or receive frames and it is bounded to a running wdev. |
| * Background radar/CAC detection allows to avoid the CAC downtime |
| * switching to a different channel during CAC detection on the selected |
| * radar channel. |
| * The caller is expected to set chandef pointer to NULL in order to |
| * disable background CAC/radar detection. |
| * @net_fill_forward_path: Called from .ndo_fill_forward_path in order to |
| * resolve a path for hardware flow offloading |
| * @change_vif_links: Change the valid links on an interface, note that while |
| * removing the old link information is still valid (link_conf pointer), |
| * but may immediately disappear after the function returns. The old or |
| * new links bitmaps may be 0 if going from/to a non-MLO situation. |
| * The @old array contains pointers to the old bss_conf structures |
| * that were already removed, in case they're needed. |
| * This callback can sleep. |
| * @change_sta_links: Change the valid links of a station, similar to |
| * @change_vif_links. This callback can sleep. |
| * Note that a sta can also be inserted or removed with valid links, |
| * i.e. passed to @sta_add/@sta_state with sta->valid_links not zero. |
| * In fact, cannot change from having valid_links and not having them. |
| * @set_hw_timestamp: Enable/disable HW timestamping of TM/FTM frames. This is |
| * not restored at HW reset by mac80211 so drivers need to take care of |
| * that. |
| */ |
| struct ieee80211_ops { |
| void (*tx)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, |
| struct ieee80211_tx_control *control, |
| struct sk_buff *skb); |
| int (*start)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw); |
| void (*stop)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw); |
| #ifdef CONFIG_PM |
| int (*suspend)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct cfg80211_wowlan *wowlan); |
| int (*resume)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw); |
| void (*set_wakeup)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, bool enabled); |
| #endif |
| int (*add_interface)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, |
| struct ieee80211_vif *vif); |
| int (*change_interface)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, |
| struct ieee80211_vif *vif, |
| enum nl80211_iftype new_type, bool p2p); |
| void (*remove_interface)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, |
| struct ieee80211_vif *vif); |
| int (*config)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, u32 changed); |
| void (*bss_info_changed)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, |
| struct ieee80211_vif *vif, |
| struct ieee80211_bss_conf *info, |
| u64 changed); |
| void (*vif_cfg_changed)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, |
| struct ieee80211_vif *vif, |
| u64 changed); |
| void (*link_info_changed)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, |
| struct ieee80211_vif *vif, |
| struct ieee80211_bss_conf *info, |
| u64 changed); |
| |
| int (*start_ap)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct ieee80211_vif *vif, |
| struct ieee80211_bss_conf *link_conf); |
| void (*stop_ap)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct ieee80211_vif *vif, |
| struct ieee80211_bss_conf *link_conf); |
| |
| u64 (*prepare_multicast)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, |
| struct netdev_hw_addr_list *mc_list); |
| void (*configure_filter)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, |
| unsigned int changed_flags, |
| unsigned int *total_flags, |
| u64 multicast); |
| void (*config_iface_filter)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, |
| struct ieee80211_vif *vif, |
| unsigned int filter_flags, |
| unsigned int changed_flags); |
| int (*set_tim)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct ieee80211_sta *sta, |
| bool set); |
| int (*set_key)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, enum set_key_cmd cmd, |
| struct ieee80211_vif *vif, struct ieee80211_sta *sta, |
| struct ieee80211_key_conf *key); |
| void (*update_tkip_key)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, |
| struct ieee80211_vif *vif, |
| struct ieee80211_key_conf *conf, |
| struct ieee80211_sta *sta, |
| u32 iv32, u16 *phase1key); |
| void (*set_rekey_data)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, |
| struct ieee80211_vif *vif, |
| struct cfg80211_gtk_rekey_data *data); |
| void (*set_default_unicast_key)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, |
| struct ieee80211_vif *vif, int idx); |
| int (*hw_scan)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct ieee80211_vif *vif, |
| struct ieee80211_scan_request *req); |
| void (*cancel_hw_scan)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, |
| struct ieee80211_vif *vif); |
| int (*sched_scan_start)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, |
| struct ieee80211_vif *vif, |
| struct cfg80211_sched_scan_request *req, |
| struct ieee80211_scan_ies *ies); |
| int (*sched_scan_stop)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, |
| struct ieee80211_vif *vif); |
| void (*sw_scan_start)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, |
| struct ieee80211_vif *vif, |
| const u8 *mac_addr); |
| void (*sw_scan_complete)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, |
| struct ieee80211_vif *vif); |
| int (*get_stats)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, |
| struct ieee80211_low_level_stats *stats); |
| void (*get_key_seq)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, |
| struct ieee80211_key_conf *key, |
| struct ieee80211_key_seq *seq); |
| int (*set_frag_threshold)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, u32 value); |
| int (*set_rts_threshold)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, u32 value); |
| int (*sta_add)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct ieee80211_vif *vif, |
| struct ieee80211_sta *sta); |
| int (*sta_remove)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct ieee80211_vif *vif, |
| struct ieee80211_sta *sta); |
| #ifdef CONFIG_MAC80211_DEBUGFS |
| void (*sta_add_debugfs)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, |
| struct ieee80211_vif *vif, |
| struct ieee80211_sta *sta, |
| struct dentry *dir); |
| void (*link_sta_add_debugfs)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, |
| struct ieee80211_vif *vif, |
| struct ieee80211_link_sta *link_sta, |
| struct dentry *dir); |
| #endif |
| void (*sta_notify)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct ieee80211_vif *vif, |
| enum sta_notify_cmd, struct ieee80211_sta *sta); |
| int (*sta_set_txpwr)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, |
| struct ieee80211_vif *vif, |
| struct ieee80211_sta *sta); |
| int (*sta_state)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct ieee80211_vif *vif, |
| struct ieee80211_sta *sta, |
| enum ieee80211_sta_state old_state, |
| enum ieee80211_sta_state new_state); |
| void (*sta_pre_rcu_remove)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, |
| struct ieee80211_vif *vif, |
| struct ieee80211_sta *sta); |
| void (*sta_rc_update)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, |
| struct ieee80211_vif *vif, |
| struct ieee80211_sta *sta, |
| u32 changed); |
| void (*sta_rate_tbl_update)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, |
| struct ieee80211_vif *vif, |
| struct ieee80211_sta *sta); |
| void (*sta_statistics)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, |
| struct ieee80211_vif *vif, |
| struct ieee80211_sta *sta, |
| struct station_info *sinfo); |
| int (*conf_tx)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, |
| struct ieee80211_vif *vif, |
| unsigned int link_id, u16 ac, |
| const struct ieee80211_tx_queue_params *params); |
| u64 (*get_tsf)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct ieee80211_vif *vif); |
| void (*set_tsf)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct ieee80211_vif *vif, |
| u64 tsf); |
| void (*offset_tsf)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct ieee80211_vif *vif, |
| s64 offset); |
| void (*reset_tsf)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct ieee80211_vif *vif); |
| int (*tx_last_beacon)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw); |
| |
| /** |
| * @ampdu_action: |
| * Perform a certain A-MPDU action. |
| * The RA/TID combination determines the destination and TID we want |
| * the ampdu action to be performed for. The action is defined through |
| * ieee80211_ampdu_mlme_action. |
| * When the action is set to %IEEE80211_AMPDU_TX_OPERATIONAL the driver |
| * may neither send aggregates containing more subframes than @buf_size |
| * nor send aggregates in a way that lost frames would exceed the |
| * buffer size. If just limiting the aggregate size, this would be |
| * possible with a buf_size of 8: |
| * |
| * - ``TX: 1.....7`` |
| * - ``RX: 2....7`` (lost frame #1) |
| * - ``TX: 8..1...`` |
| * |
| * which is invalid since #1 was now re-transmitted well past the |
| * buffer size of 8. Correct ways to retransmit #1 would be: |
| * |
| * - ``TX: 1 or`` |
| * - ``TX: 18 or`` |
| * - ``TX: 81`` |
| * |
| * Even ``189`` would be wrong since 1 could be lost again. |
| * |
| * Returns a negative error code on failure. The driver may return |
| * %IEEE80211_AMPDU_TX_START_IMMEDIATE for %IEEE80211_AMPDU_TX_START |
| * if the session can start immediately. |
| * |
| * The callback can sleep. |
| */ |
| int (*ampdu_action)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, |
| struct ieee80211_vif *vif, |
| struct ieee80211_ampdu_params *params); |
| int (*get_survey)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, int idx, |
| struct survey_info *survey); |
| void (*rfkill_poll)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw); |
| void (*set_coverage_class)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, s16 coverage_class); |
| #ifdef CONFIG_NL80211_TESTMODE |
| int (*testmode_cmd)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct ieee80211_vif *vif, |
| void *data, int len); |
| int (*testmode_dump)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct sk_buff *skb, |
| struct netlink_callback *cb, |
| void *data, int len); |
| #endif |
| void (*flush)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct ieee80211_vif *vif, |
| u32 queues, bool drop); |
| void (*channel_switch)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, |
| struct ieee80211_vif *vif, |
| struct ieee80211_channel_switch *ch_switch); |
| int (*set_antenna)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, u32 tx_ant, u32 rx_ant); |
| int (*get_antenna)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, u32 *tx_ant, u32 *rx_ant); |
| |
| int (*remain_on_channel)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, |
| struct ieee80211_vif *vif, |
| struct ieee80211_channel *chan, |
| int duration, |
| enum ieee80211_roc_type type); |
| int (*cancel_remain_on_channel)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, |
| struct ieee80211_vif *vif); |
| int (*set_ringparam)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, u32 tx, u32 rx); |
| void (*get_ringparam)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, |
| u32 *tx, u32 *tx_max, u32 *rx, u32 *rx_max); |
| bool (*tx_frames_pending)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw); |
| int (*set_bitrate_mask)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct ieee80211_vif *vif, |
| const struct cfg80211_bitrate_mask *mask); |
| void (*event_callback)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, |
| struct ieee80211_vif *vif, |
| const struct ieee80211_event *event); |
| |
| void (*allow_buffered_frames)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, |
| struct ieee80211_sta *sta, |
| u16 tids, int num_frames, |
| enum ieee80211_frame_release_type reason, |
| bool more_data); |
| void (*release_buffered_frames)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, |
| struct ieee80211_sta *sta, |
| u16 tids, int num_frames, |
| enum ieee80211_frame_release_type reason, |
| bool more_data); |
| |
| int (*get_et_sset_count)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, |
| struct ieee80211_vif *vif, int sset); |
| void (*get_et_stats)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, |
| struct ieee80211_vif *vif, |
| struct ethtool_stats *stats, u64 *data); |
| void (*get_et_strings)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, |
| struct ieee80211_vif *vif, |
| u32 sset, u8 *data); |
| |
| void (*mgd_prepare_tx)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, |
| struct ieee80211_vif *vif, |
| struct ieee80211_prep_tx_info *info); |
| void (*mgd_complete_tx)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, |
| struct ieee80211_vif *vif, |
| struct ieee80211_prep_tx_info *info); |
| |
| void (*mgd_protect_tdls_discover)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, |
| struct ieee80211_vif *vif); |
| |
| int (*add_chanctx)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, |
| struct ieee80211_chanctx_conf *ctx); |
| void (*remove_chanctx)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, |
| struct ieee80211_chanctx_conf *ctx); |
| void (*change_chanctx)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, |
| struct ieee80211_chanctx_conf *ctx, |
| u32 changed); |
| int (*assign_vif_chanctx)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, |
| struct ieee80211_vif *vif, |
| struct ieee80211_bss_conf *link_conf, |
| struct ieee80211_chanctx_conf *ctx); |
| void (*unassign_vif_chanctx)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, |
| struct ieee80211_vif *vif, |
| struct ieee80211_bss_conf *link_conf, |
| struct ieee80211_chanctx_conf *ctx); |
| int (*switch_vif_chanctx)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, |
| struct ieee80211_vif_chanctx_switch *vifs, |
| int n_vifs, |
| enum ieee80211_chanctx_switch_mode mode); |
| |
| void (*reconfig_complete)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, |
| enum ieee80211_reconfig_type reconfig_type); |
| |
| #if IS_ENABLED(CONFIG_IPV6) |
| void (*ipv6_addr_change)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, |
| struct ieee80211_vif *vif, |
| struct inet6_dev *idev); |
| #endif |
| void (*channel_switch_beacon)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, |
| struct ieee80211_vif *vif, |
| struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef); |
| int (*pre_channel_switch)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, |
| struct ieee80211_vif *vif, |
| struct ieee80211_channel_switch *ch_switch); |
| |
| int (*post_channel_switch)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, |
| struct ieee80211_vif *vif); |
| void (*abort_channel_switch)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, |
| struct ieee80211_vif *vif); |
| void (*channel_switch_rx_beacon)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, |
| struct ieee80211_vif *vif, |
| struct ieee80211_channel_switch *ch_switch); |
| |
| int (*join_ibss)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct ieee80211_vif *vif); |
| void (*leave_ibss)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct ieee80211_vif *vif); |
| u32 (*get_expected_throughput)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, |
| struct ieee80211_sta *sta); |
| int (*get_txpower)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct ieee80211_vif *vif, |
| int *dbm); |
| |
| int (*tdls_channel_switch)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, |
| struct ieee80211_vif *vif, |
| struct ieee80211_sta *sta, u8 oper_class, |
| struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef, |
| struct sk_buff *tmpl_skb, u32 ch_sw_tm_ie); |
| void (*tdls_cancel_channel_switch)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, |
| struct ieee80211_vif *vif, |
| struct ieee80211_sta *sta); |
| void (*tdls_recv_channel_switch)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, |
| struct ieee80211_vif *vif, |
| struct ieee80211_tdls_ch_sw_params *params); |
| |
| void (*wake_tx_queue)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, |
| struct ieee80211_txq *txq); |
| void (*sync_rx_queues)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw); |
| |
| int (*start_nan)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, |
| struct ieee80211_vif *vif, |
| struct cfg80211_nan_conf *conf); |
| int (*stop_nan)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, |
| struct ieee80211_vif *vif); |
| int (*nan_change_conf)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, |
| struct ieee80211_vif *vif, |
| struct cfg80211_nan_conf *conf, u32 changes); |
| int (*add_nan_func)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, |
| struct ieee80211_vif *vif, |
| const struct cfg80211_nan_func *nan_func); |
| void (*del_nan_func)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, |
| struct ieee80211_vif *vif, |
| u8 instance_id); |
| bool (*can_aggregate_in_amsdu)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, |
| struct sk_buff *head, |
| struct sk_buff *skb); |
| int (*get_ftm_responder_stats)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, |
| struct ieee80211_vif *vif, |
| struct cfg80211_ftm_responder_stats *ftm_stats); |
| int (*start_pmsr)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct ieee80211_vif *vif, |
| struct cfg80211_pmsr_request *request); |
| void (*abort_pmsr)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct ieee80211_vif *vif, |
| struct cfg80211_pmsr_request *request); |
| int (*set_tid_config)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, |
| struct ieee80211_vif *vif, |
| struct ieee80211_sta *sta, |
| struct cfg80211_tid_config *tid_conf); |
| int (*reset_tid_config)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, |
| struct ieee80211_vif *vif, |
| struct ieee80211_sta *sta, u8 tids); |
| void (*update_vif_offload)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, |
| struct ieee80211_vif *vif); |
| void (*sta_set_4addr)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct ieee80211_vif *vif, |
| struct ieee80211_sta *sta, bool enabled); |
| int (*set_sar_specs)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, |
| const struct cfg80211_sar_specs *sar); |
| void (*sta_set_decap_offload)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, |
| struct ieee80211_vif *vif, |
| struct ieee80211_sta *sta, bool enabled); |
| void (*add_twt_setup)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, |
| struct ieee80211_sta *sta, |
| struct ieee80211_twt_setup *twt); |
| void (*twt_teardown_request)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, |
| struct ieee80211_sta *sta, u8 flowid); |
| int (*set_radar_background)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, |
| struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef); |
| int (*net_fill_forward_path)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, |
| struct ieee80211_vif *vif, |
| struct ieee80211_sta *sta, |
| struct net_device_path_ctx *ctx, |
| struct net_device_path *path); |
| int (*change_vif_links)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, |
| struct ieee80211_vif *vif, |
| u16 old_links, u16 new_links, |
| struct ieee80211_bss_conf *old[IEEE80211_MLD_MAX_NUM_LINKS]); |
| int (*change_sta_links)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, |
| struct ieee80211_vif *vif, |
| struct ieee80211_sta *sta, |
| u16 old_links, u16 new_links); |
| int (*set_hw_timestamp)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, |
| struct ieee80211_vif *vif, |
| struct cfg80211_set_hw_timestamp *hwts); |
| }; |
| |
| /** |
| * ieee80211_alloc_hw_nm - Allocate a new hardware device |
| * |
| * This must be called once for each hardware device. The returned pointer |
| * must be used to refer to this device when calling other functions. |
| * mac80211 allocates a private data area for the driver pointed to by |
| * @priv in &struct ieee80211_hw, the size of this area is given as |
| * @priv_data_len. |
| * |
| * @priv_data_len: length of private data |
| * @ops: callbacks for this device |
| * @requested_name: Requested name for this device. |
| * NULL is valid value, and means use the default naming (phy%d) |
| * |
| * Return: A pointer to the new hardware device, or %NULL on error. |
| */ |
| struct ieee80211_hw *ieee80211_alloc_hw_nm(size_t priv_data_len, |
| const struct ieee80211_ops *ops, |
| const char *requested_name); |
| |
| /** |
| * ieee80211_alloc_hw - Allocate a new hardware device |
| * |
| * This must be called once for each hardware device. The returned pointer |
| * must be used to refer to this device when calling other functions. |
| * mac80211 allocates a private data area for the driver pointed to by |
| * @priv in &struct ieee80211_hw, the size of this area is given as |
| * @priv_data_len. |
| * |
| * @priv_data_len: length of private data |
| * @ops: callbacks for this device |
| * |
| * Return: A pointer to the new hardware device, or %NULL on error. |
| */ |
| static inline |
| struct ieee80211_hw *ieee80211_alloc_hw(size_t priv_data_len, |
| const struct ieee80211_ops *ops) |
| { |
| return ieee80211_alloc_hw_nm(priv_data_len, ops, NULL); |
| } |
| |
| /** |
| * ieee80211_register_hw - Register hardware device |
| * |
| * You must call this function before any other functions in |
| * mac80211. Note that before a hardware can be registered, you |
| * need to fill the contained wiphy's information. |
| * |
| * @hw: the device to register as returned by ieee80211_alloc_hw() |
| * |
| * Return: 0 on success. An error code otherwise. |
| */ |
| int ieee80211_register_hw(struct ieee80211_hw *hw); |
| |
| /** |
| * struct ieee80211_tpt_blink - throughput blink description |
| * @throughput: throughput in Kbit/sec |
| * @blink_time: blink time in milliseconds |
| * (full cycle, ie. one off + one on period) |
| */ |
| struct ieee80211_tpt_blink { |
| int throughput; |
| int blink_time; |
| }; |
| |
| /** |
| * enum ieee80211_tpt_led_trigger_flags - throughput trigger flags |
| * @IEEE80211_TPT_LEDTRIG_FL_RADIO: enable blinking with radio |
| * @IEEE80211_TPT_LEDTRIG_FL_WORK: enable blinking when working |
| * @IEEE80211_TPT_LEDTRIG_FL_CONNECTED: enable blinking when at least one |
| * interface is connected in some way, including being an AP |
| */ |
| enum ieee80211_tpt_led_trigger_flags { |
| IEEE80211_TPT_LEDTRIG_FL_RADIO = BIT(0), |
| IEEE80211_TPT_LEDTRIG_FL_WORK = BIT(1), |
| IEEE80211_TPT_LEDTRIG_FL_CONNECTED = BIT(2), |
| }; |
| |
| #ifdef CONFIG_MAC80211_LEDS |
| const char *__ieee80211_get_tx_led_name(struct ieee80211_hw *hw); |
| const char *__ieee80211_get_rx_led_name(struct ieee80211_hw *hw); |
| const char *__ieee80211_get_assoc_led_name(struct ieee80211_hw *hw); |
| const char *__ieee80211_get_radio_led_name(struct ieee80211_hw *hw); |
| const char * |
| __ieee80211_create_tpt_led_trigger(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, |
| unsigned int flags, |
| const struct ieee80211_tpt_blink *blink_table, |
| unsigned int blink_table_len); |
| #endif |
| /** |
| * ieee80211_get_tx_led_name - get name of TX LED |
| * |
| * mac80211 creates a transmit LED trigger for each wireless hardware |
| * that can be used to drive LEDs if your driver registers a LED device. |
| * This function returns the name (or %NULL if not configured for LEDs) |
| * of the trigger so you can automatically link the LED device. |
| * |
| * @hw: the hardware to get the LED trigger name for |
| * |
| * Return: The name of the LED trigger. %NULL if not configured for LEDs. |
| */ |
| static inline const char *ieee80211_get_tx_led_name(struct ieee80211_hw *hw) |
| { |
| #ifdef CONFIG_MAC80211_LEDS |
| return __ieee80211_get_tx_led_name(hw); |
| #else |
| return NULL; |
| #endif |
| } |
| |
| /** |
| * ieee80211_get_rx_led_name - get name of RX LED |
| * |
| * mac80211 creates a receive LED trigger for each wireless hardware |
| * that can be used to drive LEDs if your driver registers a LED device. |
| * This function returns the name (or %NULL if not configured for LEDs) |
| * of the trigger so you can automatically link the LED device. |
| * |
| * @hw: the hardware to get the LED trigger name for |
| * |
| * Return: The name of the LED trigger. %NULL if not configured for LEDs. |
| */ |
| static inline const char *ieee80211_get_rx_led_name(struct ieee80211_hw *hw) |
| { |
| #ifdef CONFIG_MAC80211_LEDS |
| return __ieee80211_get_rx_led_name(hw); |
| #else |
| return NULL; |
| #endif |
| } |
| |
| /** |
| * ieee80211_get_assoc_led_name - get name of association LED |
| * |
| * mac80211 creates a association LED trigger for each wireless hardware |
| * that can be used to drive LEDs if your driver registers a LED device. |
| * This function returns the name (or %NULL if not configured for LEDs) |
| * of the trigger so you can automatically link the LED device. |
| * |
| * @hw: the hardware to get the LED trigger name for |
| * |
| * Return: The name of the LED trigger. %NULL if not configured for LEDs. |
| */ |
| static inline const char *ieee80211_get_assoc_led_name(struct ieee80211_hw *hw) |
| { |
| #ifdef CONFIG_MAC80211_LEDS |
| return __ieee80211_get_assoc_led_name(hw); |
| #else |
| return NULL; |
| #endif |
| } |
| |
| /** |
| * ieee80211_get_radio_led_name - get name of radio LED |
| * |
| * mac80211 creates a radio change LED trigger for each wireless hardware |
| * that can be used to drive LEDs if your driver registers a LED device. |
| * This function returns the name (or %NULL if not configured for LEDs) |
| * of the trigger so you can automatically link the LED device. |
| * |
| * @hw: the hardware to get the LED trigger name for |
| * |
| * Return: The name of the LED trigger. %NULL if not configured for LEDs. |
| */ |
| static inline const char *ieee80211_get_radio_led_name(struct ieee80211_hw *hw) |
| { |
| #ifdef CONFIG_MAC80211_LEDS |
| return __ieee80211_get_radio_led_name(hw); |
| #else |
| return NULL; |
| #endif |
| } |
| |
| /** |
| * ieee80211_create_tpt_led_trigger - create throughput LED trigger |
| * @hw: the hardware to create the trigger for |
| * @flags: trigger flags, see &enum ieee80211_tpt_led_trigger_flags |
| * @blink_table: the blink table -- needs to be ordered by throughput |
| * @blink_table_len: size of the blink table |
| * |
| * Return: %NULL (in case of error, or if no LED triggers are |
| * configured) or the name of the new trigger. |
| * |
| * Note: This function must be called before ieee80211_register_hw(). |
| */ |
| static inline const char * |
| ieee80211_create_tpt_led_trigger(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, unsigned int flags, |
| const struct ieee80211_tpt_blink *blink_table, |
| unsigned int blink_table_len) |
| { |
| #ifdef CONFIG_MAC80211_LEDS |
| return __ieee80211_create_tpt_led_trigger(hw, flags, blink_table, |
| blink_table_len); |
| #else |
| return NULL; |
| #endif |
| } |
| |
| /** |
| * ieee80211_unregister_hw - Unregister a hardware device |
| * |
| * This function instructs mac80211 to free allocated resources |
| * and unregister netdevices from the networking subsystem. |
| * |
| * @hw: the hardware to unregister |
| */ |
| void ieee80211_unregister_hw(struct ieee80211_hw *hw); |
| |
| /** |
| * ieee80211_free_hw - free hardware descriptor |
| * |
| * This function frees everything that was allocated, including the |
| * private data for the driver. You must call ieee80211_unregister_hw() |
| * before calling this function. |
| * |
| * @hw: the hardware to free |
| */ |
| void ieee80211_free_hw(struct ieee80211_hw *hw); |
| |
| /** |
| * ieee80211_restart_hw - restart hardware completely |
| * |
| * Call this function when the hardware was restarted for some reason |
| * (hardware error, ...) and the driver is unable to restore its state |
| * by itself. mac80211 assumes that at this point the driver/hardware |
| * is completely uninitialised and stopped, it starts the process by |
| * calling the ->start() operation. The driver will need to reset all |
| * internal state that it has prior to calling this function. |
| * |
| * @hw: the hardware to restart |
| */ |
| void ieee80211_restart_hw(struct ieee80211_hw *hw); |
| |
| /** |
| * ieee80211_rx_list - receive frame and store processed skbs in a list |
| * |
| * Use this function to hand received frames to mac80211. The receive |
| * buffer in @skb must start with an IEEE 802.11 header. In case of a |
| * paged @skb is used, the driver is recommended to put the ieee80211 |
| * header of the frame on the linear part of the @skb to avoid memory |
| * allocation and/or memcpy by the stack. |
| * |
| * This function may not be called in IRQ context. Calls to this function |
| * for a single hardware must be synchronized against each other. Calls to |
| * this function, ieee80211_rx_ni() and ieee80211_rx_irqsafe() may not be |
| * mixed for a single hardware. Must not run concurrently with |
| * ieee80211_tx_status() or ieee80211_tx_status_ni(). |
| * |
| * This function must be called with BHs disabled and RCU read lock |
| * |
| * @hw: the hardware this frame came in on |
| * @sta: the station the frame was received from, or %NULL |
| * @skb: the buffer to receive, owned by mac80211 after this call |
| * @list: the destination list |
| */ |
| void ieee80211_rx_list(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct ieee80211_sta *sta, |
| struct sk_buff *skb, struct list_head *list); |
| |
| /** |
| * ieee80211_rx_napi - receive frame from NAPI context |
| * |
| * Use this function to hand received frames to mac80211. The receive |
| * buffer in @skb must start with an IEEE 802.11 header. In case of a |
| * paged @skb is used, the driver is recommended to put the ieee80211 |
| * header of the frame on the linear part of the @skb to avoid memory |
| * allocation and/or memcpy by the stack. |
| * |
| * This function may not be called in IRQ context. Calls to this function |
| * for a single hardware must be synchronized against each other. Calls to |
| * this function, ieee80211_rx_ni() and ieee80211_rx_irqsafe() may not be |
| * mixed for a single hardware. Must not run concurrently with |
| * ieee80211_tx_status() or ieee80211_tx_status_ni(). |
| * |
| * This function must be called with BHs disabled. |
| * |
| * @hw: the hardware this frame came in on |
| * @sta: the station the frame was received from, or %NULL |
| * @skb: the buffer to receive, owned by mac80211 after this call |
| * @napi: the NAPI context |
| */ |
| void ieee80211_rx_napi(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct ieee80211_sta *sta, |
| struct sk_buff *skb, struct napi_struct *napi); |
| |
| /** |
| * ieee80211_rx - receive frame |
| * |
| * Use this function to hand received frames to mac80211. The receive |
| * buffer in @skb must start with an IEEE 802.11 header. In case of a |
| * paged @skb is used, the driver is recommended to put the ieee80211 |
| * header of the frame on the linear part of the @skb to avoid memory |
| * allocation and/or memcpy by the stack. |
| * |
| * This function may not be called in IRQ context. Calls to this function |
| * for a single hardware must be synchronized against each other. Calls to |
| * this function, ieee80211_rx_ni() and ieee80211_rx_irqsafe() may not be |
| * mixed for a single hardware. Must not run concurrently with |
| * ieee80211_tx_status() or ieee80211_tx_status_ni(). |
| * |
| * In process context use instead ieee80211_rx_ni(). |
| * |
| * @hw: the hardware this frame came in on |
| * @skb: the buffer to receive, owned by mac80211 after this call |
| */ |
| static inline void ieee80211_rx(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct sk_buff *skb) |
| { |
| ieee80211_rx_napi(hw, NULL, skb, NULL); |
| } |
| |
| /** |
| * ieee80211_rx_irqsafe - receive frame |
| * |
| * Like ieee80211_rx() but can be called in IRQ context |
| * (internally defers to a tasklet.) |
| * |
| * Calls to this function, ieee80211_rx() or ieee80211_rx_ni() may not |
| * be mixed for a single hardware.Must not run concurrently with |
| * ieee80211_tx_status() or ieee80211_tx_status_ni(). |
| * |
| * @hw: the hardware this frame came in on |
| * @skb: the buffer to receive, owned by mac80211 after this call |
| */ |
| void ieee80211_rx_irqsafe(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct sk_buff *skb); |
| |
| /** |
| * ieee80211_rx_ni - receive frame (in process context) |
| * |
| * Like ieee80211_rx() but can be called in process context |
| * (internally disables bottom halves). |
| * |
| * Calls to this function, ieee80211_rx() and ieee80211_rx_irqsafe() may |
| * not be mixed for a single hardware. Must not run concurrently with |
| * ieee80211_tx_status() or ieee80211_tx_status_ni(). |
| * |
| * @hw: the hardware this frame came in on |
| * @skb: the buffer to receive, owned by mac80211 after this call |
| */ |
| static inline void ieee80211_rx_ni(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, |
| struct sk_buff *skb) |
| { |
| local_bh_disable(); |
| ieee80211_rx(hw, skb); |
| local_bh_enable(); |
| } |
| |
| /** |
| * ieee80211_sta_ps_transition - PS transition for connected sta |
| * |
| * When operating in AP mode with the %IEEE80211_HW_AP_LINK_PS |
| * flag set, use this function to inform mac80211 about a connected station |
| * entering/leaving PS mode. |
| * |
| * This function may not be called in IRQ context or with softirqs enabled. |
| * |
| * Calls to this function for a single hardware must be synchronized against |
| * each other. |
| * |
| * @sta: currently connected sta |
| * @start: start or stop PS |
| * |
| * Return: 0 on success. -EINVAL when the requested PS mode is already set. |
| */ |
| int ieee80211_sta_ps_transition(struct ieee80211_sta *sta, bool start); |
| |
| /** |
| * ieee80211_sta_ps_transition_ni - PS transition for connected sta |
| * (in process context) |
| * |
| * Like ieee80211_sta_ps_transition() but can be called in process context |
| * (internally disables bottom halves). Concurrent call restriction still |
| * applies. |
| * |
| * @sta: currently connected sta |
| * @start: start or stop PS |
| * |
| * Return: Like ieee80211_sta_ps_transition(). |
| */ |
| static inline int ieee80211_sta_ps_transition_ni(struct ieee80211_sta *sta, |
| bool start) |
| { |
| int ret; |
| |
| local_bh_disable(); |
| ret = ieee80211_sta_ps_transition(sta, start); |
| local_bh_enable(); |
| |
| return ret; |
| } |
| |
| /** |
| * ieee80211_sta_pspoll - PS-Poll frame received |
| * @sta: currently connected station |
| * |
| * When operating in AP mode with the %IEEE80211_HW_AP_LINK_PS flag set, |
| * use this function to inform mac80211 that a PS-Poll frame from a |
| * connected station was received. |
| * This must be used in conjunction with ieee80211_sta_ps_transition() |
| * and possibly ieee80211_sta_uapsd_trigger(); calls to all three must |
| * be serialized. |
| */ |
| void ieee80211_sta_pspoll(struct ieee80211_sta *sta); |
| |
| /** |
| * ieee80211_sta_uapsd_trigger - (potential) U-APSD trigger frame received |
| * @sta: currently connected station |
| * @tid: TID of the received (potential) trigger frame |
| * |
| * When operating in AP mode with the %IEEE80211_HW_AP_LINK_PS flag set, |
| * use this function to inform mac80211 that a (potential) trigger frame |
| * from a connected station was received. |
| * This must be used in conjunction with ieee80211_sta_ps_transition() |
| * and possibly ieee80211_sta_pspoll(); calls to all three must be |
| * serialized. |
| * %IEEE80211_NUM_TIDS can be passed as the tid if the tid is unknown. |
| * In this case, mac80211 will not check that this tid maps to an AC |
| * that is trigger enabled and assume that the caller did the proper |
| * checks. |
| */ |
| void ieee80211_sta_uapsd_trigger(struct ieee80211_sta *sta, u8 tid); |
| |
| /* |
| * The TX headroom reserved by mac80211 for its own tx_status functions. |
| * This is enough for the radiotap header. |
| */ |
| #define IEEE80211_TX_STATUS_HEADROOM ALIGN(14, 4) |
| |
| /** |
| * ieee80211_sta_set_buffered - inform mac80211 about driver-buffered frames |
| * @sta: &struct ieee80211_sta pointer for the sleeping station |
| * @tid: the TID that has buffered frames |
| * @buffered: indicates whether or not frames are buffered for this TID |
| * |
| * If a driver buffers frames for a powersave station instead of passing |
| * them back to mac80211 for retransmission, the station may still need |
| * to be told that there are buffered frames via the TIM bit. |
| * |
| * This function informs mac80211 whether or not there are frames that are |
| * buffered in the driver for a given TID; mac80211 can then use this data |
| * to set the TIM bit (NOTE: This may call back into the driver's set_tim |
| * call! Beware of the locking!) |
| * |
| * If all frames are released to the station (due to PS-poll or uAPSD) |
| * then the driver needs to inform mac80211 that there no longer are |
| * frames buffered. However, when the station wakes up mac80211 assumes |
| * that all buffered frames will be transmitted and clears this data, |
| * drivers need to make sure they inform mac80211 about all buffered |
| * frames on the sleep transition (sta_notify() with %STA_NOTIFY_SLEEP). |
| * |
| * Note that technically mac80211 only needs to know this per AC, not per |
| * TID, but since driver buffering will inevitably happen per TID (since |
| * it is related to aggregation) it is easier to make mac80211 map the |
| * TID to the AC as required instead of keeping track in all drivers that |
| * use this API. |
| */ |
| void ieee80211_sta_set_buffered(struct ieee80211_sta *sta, |
| u8 tid, bool buffered); |
| |
| /** |
| * ieee80211_get_tx_rates - get the selected transmit rates for a packet |
| * |
| * Call this function in a driver with per-packet rate selection support |
| * to combine the rate info in the packet tx info with the most recent |
| * rate selection table for the station entry. |
| * |
| * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback. |
| * @sta: the receiver station to which this packet is sent. |
| * @skb: the frame to be transmitted. |
| * @dest: buffer for extracted rate/retry information |
| * @max_rates: maximum number of rates to fetch |
| */ |
| void ieee80211_get_tx_rates(struct ieee80211_vif *vif, |
| struct ieee80211_sta *sta, |
| struct sk_buff *skb, |
| struct ieee80211_tx_rate *dest, |
| int max_rates); |
| |
| /** |
| * ieee80211_sta_set_expected_throughput - set the expected tpt for a station |
| * |
| * Call this function to notify mac80211 about a change in expected throughput |
| * to a station. A driver for a device that does rate control in firmware can |
| * call this function when the expected throughput estimate towards a station |
| * changes. The information is used to tune the CoDel AQM applied to traffic |
| * going towards that station (which can otherwise be too aggressive and cause |
| * slow stations to starve). |
| * |
| * @pubsta: the station to set throughput for. |
| * @thr: the current expected throughput in kbps. |
| */ |
| void ieee80211_sta_set_expected_throughput(struct ieee80211_sta *pubsta, |
| u32 thr); |
| |
| /** |
| * ieee80211_tx_rate_update - transmit rate update callback |
| * |
| * Drivers should call this functions with a non-NULL pub sta |
| * This function can be used in drivers that does not have provision |
| * in updating the tx rate in data path. |
| * |
| * @hw: the hardware the frame was transmitted by |
| * @pubsta: the station to update the tx rate for. |
| * @info: tx status information |
| */ |
| void ieee80211_tx_rate_update(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, |
| struct ieee80211_sta *pubsta, |
| struct ieee80211_tx_info *info); |
| |
| /** |
| * ieee80211_tx_status - transmit status callback |
| * |
| * Call this function for all transmitted frames after they have been |
| * transmitted. It is permissible to not call this function for |
| * multicast frames but this can affect statistics. |
| * |
| * This function may not be called in IRQ context. Calls to this function |
| * for a single hardware must be synchronized against each other. Calls |
| * to this function, ieee80211_tx_status_ni() and ieee80211_tx_status_irqsafe() |
| * may not be mixed for a single hardware. Must not run concurrently with |
| * ieee80211_rx() or ieee80211_rx_ni(). |
| * |
| * @hw: the hardware the frame was transmitted by |
| * @skb: the frame that was transmitted, owned by mac80211 after this call |
| */ |
| void ieee80211_tx_status(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, |
| struct sk_buff *skb); |
| |
| /** |
| * ieee80211_tx_status_ext - extended transmit status callback |
| * |
| * This function can be used as a replacement for ieee80211_tx_status |
| * in drivers that may want to provide extra information that does not |
| * fit into &struct ieee80211_tx_info. |
| * |
| * Calls to this function for a single hardware must be synchronized |
| * against each other. Calls to this function, ieee80211_tx_status_ni() |
| * and ieee80211_tx_status_irqsafe() may not be mixed for a single hardware. |
| * |
| * @hw: the hardware the frame was transmitted by |
| * @status: tx status information |
| */ |
| void ieee80211_tx_status_ext(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, |
| struct ieee80211_tx_status *status); |
| |
| /** |
| * ieee80211_tx_status_noskb - transmit status callback without skb |
| * |
| * This function can be used as a replacement for ieee80211_tx_status |
| * in drivers that cannot reliably map tx status information back to |
| * specific skbs. |
| * |
| * Calls to this function for a single hardware must be synchronized |
| * against each other. Calls to this function, ieee80211_tx_status_ni() |
| * and ieee80211_tx_status_irqsafe() may not be mixed for a single hardware. |
| * |
| * @hw: the hardware the frame was transmitted by |
| * @sta: the receiver station to which this packet is sent |
| * (NULL for multicast packets) |
| * @info: tx status information |
| */ |
| static inline void ieee80211_tx_status_noskb(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, |
| struct ieee80211_sta *sta, |
| struct ieee80211_tx_info *info) |
| { |
| struct ieee80211_tx_status status = { |
| .sta = sta, |
| .info = info, |
| }; |
| |
| ieee80211_tx_status_ext(hw, &status); |
| } |
| |
| /** |
| * ieee80211_tx_status_ni - transmit status callback (in process context) |
| * |
| * Like ieee80211_tx_status() but can be called in process context. |
| * |
| * Calls to this function, ieee80211_tx_status() and |
| * ieee80211_tx_status_irqsafe() may not be mixed |
| * for a single hardware. |
| * |
| * @hw: the hardware the frame was transmitted by |
| * @skb: the frame that was transmitted, owned by mac80211 after this call |
| */ |
| static inline void ieee80211_tx_status_ni(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, |
| struct sk_buff *skb) |
| { |
| local_bh_disable(); |
| ieee80211_tx_status(hw, skb); |
| local_bh_enable(); |
| } |
| |
| /** |
| * ieee80211_tx_status_irqsafe - IRQ-safe transmit status callback |
| * |
| * Like ieee80211_tx_status() but can be called in IRQ context |
| * (internally defers to a tasklet.) |
| * |
| * Calls to this function, ieee80211_tx_status() and |
| * ieee80211_tx_status_ni() may not be mixed for a single hardware. |
| * |
| * @hw: the hardware the frame was transmitted by |
| * @skb: the frame that was transmitted, owned by mac80211 after this call |
| */ |
| void ieee80211_tx_status_irqsafe(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, |
| struct sk_buff *skb); |
| |
| /** |
| * ieee80211_tx_status_8023 - transmit status callback for 802.3 frame format |
| * |
| * Call this function for all transmitted data frames after their transmit |
| * completion. This callback should only be called for data frames which |
| * are using driver's (or hardware's) offload capability of encap/decap |
| * 802.11 frames. |
| * |
| * This function may not be called in IRQ context. Calls to this function |
| * for a single hardware must be synchronized against each other and all |
| * calls in the same tx status family. |
| * |
| * @hw: the hardware the frame was transmitted by |
| * @vif: the interface for which the frame was transmitted |
| * @skb: the frame that was transmitted, owned by mac80211 after this call |
| */ |
| void ieee80211_tx_status_8023(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, |
| struct ieee80211_vif *vif, |
| struct sk_buff *skb); |
| |
| /** |
| * ieee80211_report_low_ack - report non-responding station |
| * |
| * When operating in AP-mode, call this function to report a non-responding |
| * connected STA. |
| * |
| * @sta: the non-responding connected sta |
| * @num_packets: number of packets sent to @sta without a response |
| */ |
| void ieee80211_report_low_ack(struct ieee80211_sta *sta, u32 num_packets); |
| |
| #define IEEE80211_MAX_CNTDWN_COUNTERS_NUM 2 |
| |
| /** |
| * struct ieee80211_mutable_offsets - mutable beacon offsets |
| * @tim_offset: position of TIM element |
| * @tim_length: size of TIM element |
| * @cntdwn_counter_offs: array of IEEE80211_MAX_CNTDWN_COUNTERS_NUM offsets |
| * to countdown counters. This array can contain zero values which |
| * should be ignored. |
| * @mbssid_off: position of the multiple bssid element |
| */ |
| struct ieee80211_mutable_offsets { |
| u16 tim_offset; |
| u16 tim_length; |
| |
| u16 cntdwn_counter_offs[IEEE80211_MAX_CNTDWN_COUNTERS_NUM]; |
| u16 mbssid_off; |
| }; |
| |
| /** |
| * ieee80211_beacon_get_template - beacon template generation function |
| * @hw: pointer obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw(). |
| * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback. |
| * @offs: &struct ieee80211_mutable_offsets pointer to struct that will |
| * receive the offsets that may be updated by the driver. |
| * @link_id: the link id to which the beacon belongs (or 0 for a non-MLD AP) |
| * |
| * If the driver implements beaconing modes, it must use this function to |
| * obtain the beacon template. |
| * |
| * This function should be used if the beacon frames are generated by the |
| * device, and then the driver must use the returned beacon as the template |
| * The driver or the device are responsible to update the DTIM and, when |
| * applicable, the CSA count. |
| * |
| * The driver is responsible for freeing the returned skb. |
| * |
| * Return: The beacon template. %NULL on error. |
| */ |
| struct sk_buff * |
| ieee80211_beacon_get_template(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, |
| struct ieee80211_vif *vif, |
| struct ieee80211_mutable_offsets *offs, |
| unsigned int link_id); |
| |
| /** |
| * ieee80211_beacon_get_tim - beacon generation function |
| * @hw: pointer obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw(). |
| * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback. |
| * @tim_offset: pointer to variable that will receive the TIM IE offset. |
| * Set to 0 if invalid (in non-AP modes). |
| * @tim_length: pointer to variable that will receive the TIM IE length, |
| * (including the ID and length bytes!). |
| * Set to 0 if invalid (in non-AP modes). |
| * @link_id: the link id to which the beacon belongs (or 0 for a non-MLD AP) |
| * |
| * If the driver implements beaconing modes, it must use this function to |
| * obtain the beacon frame. |
| * |
| * If the beacon frames are generated by the host system (i.e., not in |
| * hardware/firmware), the driver uses this function to get each beacon |
| * frame from mac80211 -- it is responsible for calling this function exactly |
| * once before the beacon is needed (e.g. based on hardware interrupt). |
| * |
| * The driver is responsible for freeing the returned skb. |
| * |
| * Return: The beacon template. %NULL on error. |
| */ |
| struct sk_buff *ieee80211_beacon_get_tim(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, |
| struct ieee80211_vif *vif, |
| u16 *tim_offset, u16 *tim_length, |
| unsigned int link_id); |
| |
| /** |
| * ieee80211_beacon_get - beacon generation function |
| * @hw: pointer obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw(). |
| * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback. |
| * @link_id: the link id to which the beacon belongs (or 0 for a non-MLD AP) |
| * |
| * See ieee80211_beacon_get_tim(). |
| * |
| * Return: See ieee80211_beacon_get_tim(). |
| */ |
| static inline struct sk_buff *ieee80211_beacon_get(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, |
| struct ieee80211_vif *vif, |
| unsigned int link_id) |
| { |
| return ieee80211_beacon_get_tim(hw, vif, NULL, NULL, link_id); |
| } |
| |
| /** |
| * ieee80211_beacon_update_cntdwn - request mac80211 to decrement the beacon countdown |
| * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback. |
| * |
| * The beacon counter should be updated after each beacon transmission. |
| * This function is called implicitly when |
| * ieee80211_beacon_get/ieee80211_beacon_get_tim are called, however if the |
| * beacon frames are generated by the device, the driver should call this |
| * function after each beacon transmission to sync mac80211's beacon countdown. |
| * |
| * Return: new countdown value |
| */ |
| u8 ieee80211_beacon_update_cntdwn(struct ieee80211_vif *vif); |
| |
| /** |
| * ieee80211_beacon_set_cntdwn - request mac80211 to set beacon countdown |
| * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback. |
| * @counter: the new value for the counter |
| * |
| * The beacon countdown can be changed by the device, this API should be |
| * used by the device driver to update csa counter in mac80211. |
| * |
| * It should never be used together with ieee80211_beacon_update_cntdwn(), |
| * as it will cause a race condition around the counter value. |
| */ |
| void ieee80211_beacon_set_cntdwn(struct ieee80211_vif *vif, u8 counter); |
| |
| /** |
| * ieee80211_csa_finish - notify mac80211 about channel switch |
| * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback. |
| * |
| * After a channel switch announcement was scheduled and the counter in this |
| * announcement hits 1, this function must be called by the driver to |
| * notify mac80211 that the channel can be changed. |
| */ |
| void ieee80211_csa_finish(struct ieee80211_vif *vif); |
| |
| /** |
| * ieee80211_beacon_cntdwn_is_complete - find out if countdown reached 1 |
| * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback. |
| * |
| * This function returns whether the countdown reached zero. |
| */ |
| bool ieee80211_beacon_cntdwn_is_complete(struct ieee80211_vif *vif); |
| |
| /** |
| * ieee80211_color_change_finish - notify mac80211 about color change |
| * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback. |
| * |
| * After a color change announcement was scheduled and the counter in this |
| * announcement hits 1, this function must be called by the driver to |
| * notify mac80211 that the color can be changed |
| */ |
| void ieee80211_color_change_finish(struct ieee80211_vif *vif); |
| |
| /** |
| * ieee80211_proberesp_get - retrieve a Probe Response template |
| * @hw: pointer obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw(). |
| * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback. |
| * |
| * Creates a Probe Response template which can, for example, be uploaded to |
| * hardware. The destination address should be set by the caller. |
| * |
| * Can only be called in AP mode. |
| * |
| * Return: The Probe Response template. %NULL on error. |
| */ |
| struct sk_buff *ieee80211_proberesp_get(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, |
| struct ieee80211_vif *vif); |
| |
| /** |
| * ieee80211_pspoll_get - retrieve a PS Poll template |
| * @hw: pointer obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw(). |
| * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback. |
| * |
| * Creates a PS Poll a template which can, for example, uploaded to |
| * hardware. The template must be updated after association so that correct |
| * AID, BSSID and MAC address is used. |
| * |
| * Note: Caller (or hardware) is responsible for setting the |
| * &IEEE80211_FCTL_PM bit. |
| * |
| * Return: The PS Poll template. %NULL on error. |
| */ |
| struct sk_buff *ieee80211_pspoll_get(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, |
| struct ieee80211_vif *vif); |
| |
| /** |
| * ieee80211_nullfunc_get - retrieve a nullfunc template |
| * @hw: pointer obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw(). |
| * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback. |
| * @link_id: If the vif is an MLD, get a frame with the link addresses |
| * for the given link ID. For a link_id < 0 you get a frame with |
| * MLD addresses, however useful that might be. |
| * @qos_ok: QoS NDP is acceptable to the caller, this should be set |
| * if at all possible |
| * |
| * Creates a Nullfunc template which can, for example, uploaded to |
| * hardware. The template must be updated after association so that correct |
| * BSSID and address is used. |
| * |
| * If @qos_ndp is set and the association is to an AP with QoS/WMM, the |
| * returned packet will be QoS NDP. |
| * |
| * Note: Caller (or hardware) is responsible for setting the |
| * &IEEE80211_FCTL_PM bit as well as Duration and Sequence Control fields. |
| * |
| * Return: The nullfunc template. %NULL on error. |
| */ |
| struct sk_buff *ieee80211_nullfunc_get(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, |
| struct ieee80211_vif *vif, |
| int link_id, bool qos_ok); |
| |
| /** |
| * ieee80211_probereq_get - retrieve a Probe Request template |
| * @hw: pointer obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw(). |
| * @src_addr: source MAC address |
| * @ssid: SSID buffer |
| * @ssid_len: length of SSID |
| * @tailroom: tailroom to reserve at end of SKB for IEs |
| * |
| * Creates a Probe Request template which can, for example, be uploaded to |
| * hardware. |
| * |
| * Return: The Probe Request template. %NULL on error. |
| */ |
| struct sk_buff *ieee80211_probereq_get(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, |
| const u8 *src_addr, |
| const u8 *ssid, size_t ssid_len, |
| size_t tailroom); |
| |
| /** |
| * ieee80211_rts_get - RTS frame generation function |
| * @hw: pointer obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw(). |
| * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback. |
| * @frame: pointer to the frame that is going to be protected by the RTS. |
| * @frame_len: the frame length (in octets). |
| * @frame_txctl: &struct ieee80211_tx_info of the frame. |
| * @rts: The buffer where to store the RTS frame. |
| * |
| * If the RTS frames are generated by the host system (i.e., not in |
| * hardware/firmware), the low-level driver uses this function to receive |
| * the next RTS frame from the 802.11 code. The low-level is responsible |
| * for calling this function before and RTS frame is needed. |
| */ |
| void ieee80211_rts_get(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct ieee80211_vif *vif, |
| const void *frame, size_t frame_len, |
| const struct ieee80211_tx_info *frame_txctl, |
| struct ieee80211_rts *rts); |
| |
| /** |
| * ieee80211_rts_duration - Get the duration field for an RTS frame |
| * @hw: pointer obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw(). |
| * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback. |
| * @frame_len: the length of the frame that is going to be protected by the RTS. |
| * @frame_txctl: &struct ieee80211_tx_info of the frame. |
| * |
| * If the RTS is generated in firmware, but the host system must provide |
| * the duration field, the low-level driver uses this function to receive |
| * the duration field value in little-endian byteorder. |
| * |
| * Return: The duration. |
| */ |
| __le16 ieee80211_rts_duration(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, |
| struct ieee80211_vif *vif, size_t frame_len, |
| const struct ieee80211_tx_info *frame_txctl); |
| |
| /** |
| * ieee80211_ctstoself_get - CTS-to-self frame generation function |
| * @hw: pointer obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw(). |
| * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback. |
| * @frame: pointer to the frame that is going to be protected by the CTS-to-self. |
| * @frame_len: the frame length (in octets). |
| * @frame_txctl: &struct ieee80211_tx_info of the frame. |
| * @cts: The buffer where to store the CTS-to-self frame. |
| * |
| * If the CTS-to-self frames are generated by the host system (i.e., not in |
| * hardware/firmware), the low-level driver uses this function to receive |
| * the next CTS-to-self frame from the 802.11 code. The low-level is responsible |
| * for calling this function before and CTS-to-self frame is needed. |
| */ |
| void ieee80211_ctstoself_get(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, |
| struct ieee80211_vif *vif, |
| const void *frame, size_t frame_len, |
| const struct ieee80211_tx_info *frame_txctl, |
| struct ieee80211_cts *cts); |
| |
| /** |
| * ieee80211_ctstoself_duration - Get the duration field for a CTS-to-self frame |
| * @hw: pointer obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw(). |
| * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback. |
| * @frame_len: the length of the frame that is going to be protected by the CTS-to-self. |
| * @frame_txctl: &struct ieee80211_tx_info of the frame. |
| * |
| * If the CTS-to-self is generated in firmware, but the host system must provide |
| * the duration field, the low-level driver uses this function to receive |
| * the duration field value in little-endian byteorder. |
| * |
| * Return: The duration. |
| */ |
| __le16 ieee80211_ctstoself_duration(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, |
| struct ieee80211_vif *vif, |
| size_t frame_len, |
| const struct ieee80211_tx_info *frame_txctl); |
| |
| /** |
| * ieee80211_generic_frame_duration - Calculate the duration field for a frame |
| * @hw: pointer obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw(). |
| * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback. |
| * @band: the band to calculate the frame duration on |
| * @frame_len: the length of the frame. |
| * @rate: the rate at which the frame is going to be transmitted. |
| * |
| * Calculate the duration field of some generic frame, given its |
| * length and transmission rate (in 100kbps). |
| * |
| * Return: The duration. |
| */ |
| __le16 ieee80211_generic_frame_duration(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, |
| struct ieee80211_vif *vif, |
| enum nl80211_band band, |
| size_t frame_len, |
| struct ieee80211_rate *rate); |
| |
| /** |
| * ieee80211_get_buffered_bc - accessing buffered broadcast and multicast frames |
| * @hw: pointer as obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw(). |
| * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback. |
| * |
| * Function for accessing buffered broadcast and multicast frames. If |
| * hardware/firmware does not implement buffering of broadcast/multicast |
| * frames when power saving is used, 802.11 code buffers them in the host |
| * memory. The low-level driver uses this function to fetch next buffered |
| * frame. In most cases, this is used when generating beacon frame. |
| * |
| * Return: A pointer to the next buffered skb or NULL if no more buffered |
| * frames are available. |
| * |
| * Note: buffered frames are returned only after DTIM beacon frame was |
| * generated with ieee80211_beacon_get() and the low-level driver must thus |
| * call ieee80211_beacon_get() first. ieee80211_get_buffered_bc() returns |
| * NULL if the previous generated beacon was not DTIM, so the low-level driver |
| * does not need to check for DTIM beacons separately and should be able to |
| * use common code for all beacons. |
| */ |
| struct sk_buff * |
| ieee80211_get_buffered_bc(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct ieee80211_vif *vif); |
| |
| /** |
| * ieee80211_get_tkip_p1k_iv - get a TKIP phase 1 key for IV32 |
| * |
| * This function returns the TKIP phase 1 key for the given IV32. |
| * |
| * @keyconf: the parameter passed with the set key |
| * @iv32: IV32 to get the P1K for |
| * @p1k: a buffer to which the key will be written, as 5 u16 values |
| */ |
| void ieee80211_get_tkip_p1k_iv(struct ieee80211_key_conf *keyconf, |
| u32 iv32, u16 *p1k); |
| |
| /** |
| * ieee80211_get_tkip_p1k - get a TKIP phase 1 key |
| * |
| * This function returns the TKIP phase 1 key for the IV32 taken |
| * from the given packet. |
| * |
| * @keyconf: the parameter passed with the set key |
| * @skb: the packet to take the IV32 value from that will be encrypted |
| * with this P1K |
| * @p1k: a buffer to which the key will be written, as 5 u16 values |
| */ |
| static inline void ieee80211_get_tkip_p1k(struct ieee80211_key_conf *keyconf, |
| struct sk_buff *skb, u16 *p1k) |
| { |
| struct ieee80211_hdr *hdr = (struct ieee80211_hdr *)skb->data; |
| const u8 *data = (u8 *)hdr + ieee80211_hdrlen(hdr->frame_control); |
| u32 iv32 = get_unaligned_le32(&data[4]); |
| |
| ieee80211_get_tkip_p1k_iv(keyconf, iv32, p1k); |
| } |
| |
| /** |
| * ieee80211_get_tkip_rx_p1k - get a TKIP phase 1 key for RX |
| * |
| * This function returns the TKIP phase 1 key for the given IV32 |
| * and transmitter address. |
| * |
| * @keyconf: the parameter passed with the set key |
| * @ta: TA that will be used with the key |
| * @iv32: IV32 to get the P1K for |
| * @p1k: a buffer to which the key will be written, as 5 u16 values |
| */ |
| void ieee80211_get_tkip_rx_p1k(struct ieee80211_key_conf *keyconf, |
| const u8 *ta, u32 iv32, u16 *p1k); |
| |
| /** |
| * ieee80211_get_tkip_p2k - get a TKIP phase 2 key |
| * |
| * This function computes the TKIP RC4 key for the IV values |
| * in the packet. |
| * |
| * @keyconf: the parameter passed with the set key |
| * @skb: the packet to take the IV32/IV16 values from that will be |
| * encrypted with this key |
| * @p2k: a buffer to which the key will be written, 16 bytes |
| */ |
| void ieee80211_get_tkip_p2k(struct ieee80211_key_conf *keyconf, |
| struct sk_buff *skb, u8 *p2k); |
| |
| /** |
| * ieee80211_tkip_add_iv - write TKIP IV and Ext. IV to pos |
| * |
| * @pos: start of crypto header |
| * @keyconf: the parameter passed with the set key |
| * @pn: PN to add |
| * |
| * Returns: pointer to the octet following IVs (i.e. beginning of |
| * the packet payload) |
| * |
| * This function writes the tkip IV value to pos (which should |
| * point to the crypto header) |
| */ |
| u8 *ieee80211_tkip_add_iv(u8 *pos, struct ieee80211_key_conf *keyconf, u64 pn); |
| |
| /** |
| * ieee80211_get_key_rx_seq - get key RX sequence counter |
| * |
| * @keyconf: the parameter passed with the set key |
| * @tid: The TID, or -1 for the management frame value (CCMP/GCMP only); |
| * the value on TID 0 is also used for non-QoS frames. For |
| * CMAC, only TID 0 is valid. |
| * @seq: buffer to receive the sequence data |
| * |
| * This function allows a driver to retrieve the current RX IV/PNs |
| * for the given key. It must not be called if IV checking is done |
| * by the device and not by mac80211. |
| * |
| * Note that this function may only be called when no RX processing |
| * can be done concurrently. |
| */ |
| void ieee80211_get_key_rx_seq(struct ieee80211_key_conf *keyconf, |
| int tid, struct ieee80211_key_seq *seq); |
| |
| /** |
| * ieee80211_set_key_rx_seq - set key RX sequence counter |
| * |
| * @keyconf: the parameter passed with the set key |
| * @tid: The TID, or -1 for the management frame value (CCMP/GCMP only); |
| * the value on TID 0 is also used for non-QoS frames. For |
| * CMAC, only TID 0 is valid. |
| * @seq: new sequence data |
| * |
| * This function allows a driver to set the current RX IV/PNs for the |
| * given key. This is useful when resuming from WoWLAN sleep and GTK |
| * rekey may have been done while suspended. It should not be called |
| * if IV checking is done by the device and not by mac80211. |
| * |
| * Note that this function may only be called when no RX processing |
| * can be done concurrently. |
| */ |
| void ieee80211_set_key_rx_seq(struct ieee80211_key_conf *keyconf, |
| int tid, struct ieee80211_key_seq *seq); |
| |
| /** |
| * ieee80211_remove_key - remove the given key |
| * @keyconf: the parameter passed with the set key |
| * |
| * Remove the given key. If the key was uploaded to the hardware at the |
| * time this function is called, it is not deleted in the hardware but |
| * instead assumed to have been removed already. |
| * |
| * Note that due to locking considerations this function can (currently) |
| * only be called during key iteration (ieee80211_iter_keys().) |
| */ |
| void ieee80211_remove_key(struct ieee80211_key_conf *keyconf); |
| |
| /** |
| * ieee80211_gtk_rekey_add - add a GTK key from rekeying during WoWLAN |
| * @vif: the virtual interface to add the key on |
| * @keyconf: new key data |
| * |
| * When GTK rekeying was done while the system was suspended, (a) new |
| * key(s) will be available. These will be needed by mac80211 for proper |
| * RX processing, so this function allows setting them. |
| * |
| * The function returns the newly allocated key structure, which will |
| * have similar contents to the passed key configuration but point to |
| * mac80211-owned memory. In case of errors, the function returns an |
| * ERR_PTR(), use IS_ERR() etc. |
| * |
| * Note that this function assumes the key isn't added to hardware |
| * acceleration, so no TX will be done with the key. Since it's a GTK |
| * on managed (station) networks, this is true anyway. If the driver |
| * calls this function from the resume callback and subsequently uses |
| * the return code 1 to reconfigure the device, this key will be part |
| * of the reconfiguration. |
| * |
| * Note that the driver should also call ieee80211_set_key_rx_seq() |
| * for the new key for each TID to set up sequence counters properly. |
| * |
| * IMPORTANT: If this replaces a key that is present in the hardware, |
| * then it will attempt to remove it during this call. In many cases |
| * this isn't what you want, so call ieee80211_remove_key() first for |
| * the key that's being replaced. |
| */ |
| struct ieee80211_key_conf * |
| ieee80211_gtk_rekey_add(struct ieee80211_vif *vif, |
| struct ieee80211_key_conf *keyconf); |
| |
| /** |
| * ieee80211_gtk_rekey_notify - notify userspace supplicant of rekeying |
| * @vif: virtual interface the rekeying was done on |
| * @bssid: The BSSID of the AP, for checking association |
| * @replay_ctr: the new replay counter after GTK rekeying |
| * @gfp: allocation flags |
| */ |
| void ieee80211_gtk_rekey_notify(struct ieee80211_vif *vif, const u8 *bssid, |
| const u8 *replay_ctr, gfp_t gfp); |
| |
| /** |
| * ieee80211_key_mic_failure - increment MIC failure counter for the key |
| * |
| * Note: this is really only safe if no other RX function is called |
| * at the same time. |
| * |
| * @keyconf: the key in question |
| */ |
| void ieee80211_key_mic_failure(struct ieee80211_key_conf *keyconf); |
| |
| /** |
| * ieee80211_key_replay - increment replay counter for the key |
| * |
| * Note: this is really only safe if no other RX function is called |
| * at the same time. |
| * |
| * @keyconf: the key in question |
| */ |
| void ieee80211_key_replay(struct ieee80211_key_conf *keyconf); |
| |
| /** |
| * ieee80211_wake_queue - wake specific queue |
| * @hw: pointer as obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw(). |
| * @queue: queue number (counted from zero). |
| * |
| * Drivers must use this function instead of netif_wake_queue. |
| */ |
| void ieee80211_wake_queue(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, int queue); |
| |
| /** |
| * ieee80211_stop_queue - stop specific queue |
| * @hw: pointer as obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw(). |
| * @queue: queue number (counted from zero). |
| * |
| * Drivers must use this function instead of netif_stop_queue. |
| */ |
| void ieee80211_stop_queue(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, int queue); |
| |
| /** |
| * ieee80211_queue_stopped - test status of the queue |
| * @hw: pointer as obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw(). |
| * @queue: queue number (counted from zero). |
| * |
| * Drivers must use this function instead of netif_queue_stopped. |
| * |
| * Return: %true if the queue is stopped. %false otherwise. |
| */ |
| |
| int ieee80211_queue_stopped(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, int queue); |
| |
| /** |
| * ieee80211_stop_queues - stop all queues |
| * @hw: pointer as obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw(). |
| * |
| * Drivers must use this function instead of netif_tx_stop_all_queues. |
| */ |
| void ieee80211_stop_queues(struct ieee80211_hw *hw); |
| |
| /** |
| * ieee80211_wake_queues - wake all queues |
| * @hw: pointer as obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw(). |
| * |
| * Drivers must use this function instead of netif_tx_wake_all_queues. |
| */ |
| void ieee80211_wake_queues(struct ieee80211_hw *hw); |
| |
| /** |
| * ieee80211_scan_completed - completed hardware scan |
| * |
| * When hardware scan offload is used (i.e. the hw_scan() callback is |
| * assigned) this function needs to be called by the driver to notify |
| * mac80211 that the scan finished. This function can be called from |
| * any context, including hardirq context. |
| * |
| * @hw: the hardware that finished the scan |
| * @info: information about the completed scan |
| */ |
| void ieee80211_scan_completed(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, |
| struct cfg80211_scan_info *info); |
| |
| /** |
| * ieee80211_sched_scan_results - got results from scheduled scan |
| * |
| * When a scheduled scan is running, this function needs to be called by the |
| * driver whenever there are new scan results available. |
| * |
| * @hw: the hardware that is performing scheduled scans |
| */ |
| void ieee80211_sched_scan_results(struct ieee80211_hw *hw); |
| |
| /** |
| * ieee80211_sched_scan_stopped - inform that the scheduled scan has stopped |
| * |
| * When a scheduled scan is running, this function can be called by |
| * the driver if it needs to stop the scan to perform another task. |
| * Usual scenarios are drivers that cannot continue the scheduled scan |
| * while associating, for instance. |
| * |
| * @hw: the hardware that is performing scheduled scans |
| */ |
| void ieee80211_sched_scan_stopped(struct ieee80211_hw *hw); |
| |
| /** |
| * enum ieee80211_interface_iteration_flags - interface iteration flags |
| * @IEEE80211_IFACE_ITER_NORMAL: Iterate over all interfaces that have |
| * been added to the driver; However, note that during hardware |
| * reconfiguration (after restart_hw) it will iterate over a new |
| * interface and over all the existing interfaces even if they |
| * haven't been re-added to the driver yet. |
| * @IEEE80211_IFACE_ITER_RESUME_ALL: During resume, iterate over all |
| * interfaces, even if they haven't been re-added to the driver yet. |
| * @IEEE80211_IFACE_ITER_ACTIVE: Iterate only active interfaces (netdev is up). |
| * @IEEE80211_IFACE_SKIP_SDATA_NOT_IN_DRIVER: Skip any interfaces where SDATA |
| * is not in the driver. This may fix crashes during firmware recovery |
| * for instance. |
| */ |
| enum ieee80211_interface_iteration_flags { |
| IEEE80211_IFACE_ITER_NORMAL = 0, |
| IEEE80211_IFACE_ITER_RESUME_ALL = BIT(0), |
| IEEE80211_IFACE_ITER_ACTIVE = BIT(1), |
| IEEE80211_IFACE_SKIP_SDATA_NOT_IN_DRIVER = BIT(2), |
| }; |
| |
| /** |
| * ieee80211_iterate_interfaces - iterate interfaces |
| * |
| * This function iterates over the interfaces associated with a given |
| * hardware and calls the callback for them. This includes active as well as |
| * inactive interfaces. This function allows the iterator function to sleep. |
| * Will iterate over a new interface during add_interface(). |
| * |
| * @hw: the hardware struct of which the interfaces should be iterated over |
| * @iter_flags: iteration flags, see &enum ieee80211_interface_iteration_flags |
| * @iterator: the iterator function to call |
| * @data: first argument of the iterator function |
| */ |
| void ieee80211_iterate_interfaces(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, u32 iter_flags, |
| void (*iterator)(void *data, u8 *mac, |
| struct ieee80211_vif *vif), |
| void *data); |
| |
| /** |
| * ieee80211_iterate_active_interfaces - iterate active interfaces |
| * |
| * This function iterates over the interfaces associated with a given |
| * hardware that are currently active and calls the callback for them. |
| * This function allows the iterator function to sleep, when the iterator |
| * function is atomic @ieee80211_iterate_active_interfaces_atomic can |
| * be used. |
| * Does not iterate over a new interface during add_interface(). |
| * |
| * @hw: the hardware struct of which the interfaces should be iterated over |
| * @iter_flags: iteration flags, see &enum ieee80211_interface_iteration_flags |
| * @iterator: the iterator function to call |
| * @data: first argument of the iterator function |
| */ |
| static inline void |
| ieee80211_iterate_active_interfaces(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, u32 iter_flags, |
| void (*iterator)(void *data, u8 *mac, |
| struct ieee80211_vif *vif), |
| void *data) |
| { |
| ieee80211_iterate_interfaces(hw, |
| iter_flags | IEEE80211_IFACE_ITER_ACTIVE, |
| iterator, data); |
| } |
| |
| /** |
| * ieee80211_iterate_active_interfaces_atomic - iterate active interfaces |
| * |
| * This function iterates over the interfaces associated with a given |
| * hardware that are currently active and calls the callback for them. |
| * This function requires the iterator callback function to be atomic, |
| * if that is not desired, use @ieee80211_iterate_active_interfaces instead. |
| * Does not iterate over a new interface during add_interface(). |
| * |
| * @hw: the hardware struct of which the interfaces should be iterated over |
| * @iter_flags: iteration flags, see &enum ieee80211_interface_iteration_flags |
| * @iterator: the iterator function to call, cannot sleep |
| * @data: first argument of the iterator function |
| */ |
| void ieee80211_iterate_active_interfaces_atomic(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, |
| u32 iter_flags, |
| void (*iterator)(void *data, |
| u8 *mac, |
| struct ieee80211_vif *vif), |
| void *data); |
| |
| /** |
| * ieee80211_iterate_active_interfaces_mtx - iterate active interfaces |
| * |
| * This function iterates over the interfaces associated with a given |
| * hardware that are currently active and calls the callback for them. |
| * This version can only be used while holding the wiphy mutex. |
| * |
| * @hw: the hardware struct of which the interfaces should be iterated over |
| * @iter_flags: iteration flags, see &enum ieee80211_interface_iteration_flags |
| * @iterator: the iterator function to call, cannot sleep |
| * @data: first argument of the iterator function |
| */ |
| void ieee80211_iterate_active_interfaces_mtx(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, |
| u32 iter_flags, |
| void (*iterator)(void *data, |
| u8 *mac, |
| struct ieee80211_vif *vif), |
| void *data); |
| |
| /** |
| * ieee80211_iterate_stations_atomic - iterate stations |
| * |
| * This function iterates over all stations associated with a given |
| * hardware that are currently uploaded to the driver and calls the callback |
| * function for them. |
| * This function requires the iterator callback function to be atomic, |
| * |
| * @hw: the hardware struct of which the interfaces should be iterated over |
| * @iterator: the iterator function to call, cannot sleep |
| * @data: first argument of the iterator function |
| */ |
| void ieee80211_iterate_stations_atomic(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, |
| void (*iterator)(void *data, |
| struct ieee80211_sta *sta), |
| void *data); |
| /** |
| * ieee80211_queue_work - add work onto the mac80211 workqueue |
| * |
| * Drivers and mac80211 use this to add work onto the mac80211 workqueue. |
| * This helper ensures drivers are not queueing work when they should not be. |
| * |
| * @hw: the hardware struct for the interface we are adding work for |
| * @work: the work we want to add onto the mac80211 workqueue |
| */ |
| void ieee80211_queue_work(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct work_struct *work); |
| |
| /** |
| * ieee80211_queue_delayed_work - add work onto the mac80211 workqueue |
| * |
| * Drivers and mac80211 use this to queue delayed work onto the mac80211 |
| * workqueue. |
| * |
| * @hw: the hardware struct for the interface we are adding work for |
| * @dwork: delayable work to queue onto the mac80211 workqueue |
| * @delay: number of jiffies to wait before queueing |
| */ |
| void ieee80211_queue_delayed_work(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, |
| struct delayed_work *dwork, |
| unsigned long delay); |
| |
| /** |
| * ieee80211_start_tx_ba_session - Start a tx Block Ack session. |
| * @sta: the station for which to start a BA session |
| * @tid: the TID to BA on. |
| * @timeout: session timeout value (in TUs) |
| * |
| * Return: success if addBA request was sent, failure otherwise |
| * |
| * Although mac80211/low level driver/user space application can estimate |
| * the need to start aggregation on a certain RA/TID, the session level |
| * will be managed by the mac80211. |
| */ |
| int ieee80211_start_tx_ba_session(struct ieee80211_sta *sta, u16 tid, |
| u16 timeout); |
| |
| /** |
| * ieee80211_start_tx_ba_cb_irqsafe - low level driver ready to aggregate. |
| * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback |
| * @ra: receiver address of the BA session recipient. |
| * @tid: the TID to BA on. |
| * |
| * This function must be called by low level driver once it has |
| * finished with preparations for the BA session. It can be called |
| * from any context. |
| */ |
| void ieee80211_start_tx_ba_cb_irqsafe(struct ieee80211_vif *vif, const u8 *ra, |
| u16 tid); |
| |
| /** |
| * ieee80211_stop_tx_ba_session - Stop a Block Ack session. |
| * @sta: the station whose BA session to stop |
| * @tid: the TID to stop BA. |
| * |
| * Return: negative error if the TID is invalid, or no aggregation active |
| * |
| * Although mac80211/low level driver/user space application can estimate |
| * the need to stop aggregation on a certain RA/TID, the session level |
| * will be managed by the mac80211. |
| */ |
| int ieee80211_stop_tx_ba_session(struct ieee80211_sta *sta, u16 tid); |
| |
| /** |
| * ieee80211_stop_tx_ba_cb_irqsafe - low level driver ready to stop aggregate. |
| * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback |
| * @ra: receiver address of the BA session recipient. |
| * @tid: the desired TID to BA on. |
| * |
| * This function must be called by low level driver once it has |
| * finished with preparations for the BA session tear down. It |
| * can be called from any context. |
| */ |
| void ieee80211_stop_tx_ba_cb_irqsafe(struct ieee80211_vif *vif, const u8 *ra, |
| u16 tid); |
| |
| /** |
| * ieee80211_find_sta - find a station |
| * |
| * @vif: virtual interface to look for station on |
| * @addr: station's address |
| * |
| * Return: The station, if found. %NULL otherwise. |
| * |
| * Note: This function must be called under RCU lock and the |
| * resulting pointer is only valid under RCU lock as well. |
| */ |
| struct ieee80211_sta *ieee80211_find_sta(struct ieee80211_vif *vif, |
| const u8 *addr); |
| |
| /** |
| * ieee80211_find_sta_by_ifaddr - find a station on hardware |
| * |
| * @hw: pointer as obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw() |
| * @addr: remote station's address |
| * @localaddr: local address (vif->sdata->vif.addr). Use NULL for 'any'. |
| * |
| * Return: The station, if found. %NULL otherwise. |
| * |
| * Note: This function must be called under RCU lock and the |
| * resulting pointer is only valid under RCU lock as well. |
| * |
| * NOTE: You may pass NULL for localaddr, but then you will just get |
| * the first STA that matches the remote address 'addr'. |
| * We can have multiple STA associated with multiple |
| * logical stations (e.g. consider a station connecting to another |
| * BSSID on the same AP hardware without disconnecting first). |
| * In this case, the result of this method with localaddr NULL |
| * is not reliable. |
| * |
| * DO NOT USE THIS FUNCTION with localaddr NULL if at all possible. |
| */ |
| struct ieee80211_sta *ieee80211_find_sta_by_ifaddr(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, |
| const u8 *addr, |
| const u8 *localaddr); |
| |
| /** |
| * ieee80211_find_sta_by_link_addrs - find STA by link addresses |
| * @hw: pointer as obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw() |
| * @addr: remote station's link address |
| * @localaddr: local link address, use %NULL for any (but avoid that) |
| * @link_id: pointer to obtain the link ID if the STA is found, |
| * may be %NULL if the link ID is not needed |
| * |
| * Obtain the STA by link address, must use RCU protection. |
| */ |
| struct ieee80211_sta * |
| ieee80211_find_sta_by_link_addrs(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, |
| const u8 *addr, |
| const u8 *localaddr, |
| unsigned int *link_id); |
| |
| /** |
| * ieee80211_sta_block_awake - block station from waking up |
| * @hw: the hardware |
| * @pubsta: the station |
| * @block: whether to block or unblock |
| * |
| * Some devices require that all frames that are on the queues |
| * for a specific station that went to sleep are flushed before |
| * a poll response or frames after the station woke up can be |
| * delivered to that it. Note that such frames must be rejected |
| * by the driver as filtered, with the appropriate status flag. |
| * |
| * This function allows implementing this mode in a race-free |
| * manner. |
| * |
| * To do this, a driver must keep track of the number of frames |
| * still enqueued for a specific station. If this number is not |
| * zero when the station goes to sleep, the driver must call |
| * this function to force mac80211 to consider the station to |
| * be asleep regardless of the station's actual state. Once the |
| * number of outstanding frames reaches zero, the driver must |
| * call this function again to unblock the station. That will |
| * cause mac80211 to be able to send ps-poll responses, and if |
| * the station queried in the meantime then frames will also |
| * be sent out as a result of this. Additionally, the driver |
| * will be notified that the station woke up some time after |
| * it is unblocked, regardless of whether the station actually |
| * woke up while blocked or not. |
| */ |
| void ieee80211_sta_block_awake(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, |
| struct ieee80211_sta *pubsta, bool block); |
| |
| /** |
| * ieee80211_sta_eosp - notify mac80211 about end of SP |
| * @pubsta: the station |
| * |
| * When a device transmits frames in a way that it can't tell |
| * mac80211 in the TX status about the EOSP, it must clear the |
| * %IEEE80211_TX_STATUS_EOSP bit and call this function instead. |
| * This applies for PS-Poll as well as uAPSD. |
| * |
| * Note that just like with _tx_status() and _rx() drivers must |
| * not mix calls to irqsafe/non-irqsafe versions, this function |
| * must not be mixed with those either. Use the all irqsafe, or |
| * all non-irqsafe, don't mix! |
| * |
| * NB: the _irqsafe version of this function doesn't exist, no |
| * driver needs it right now. Don't call this function if |
| * you'd need the _irqsafe version, look at the git history |
| * and restore the _irqsafe version! |
| */ |
| void ieee80211_sta_eosp(struct ieee80211_sta *pubsta); |
| |
| /** |
| * ieee80211_send_eosp_nullfunc - ask mac80211 to send NDP with EOSP |
| * @pubsta: the station |
| * @tid: the tid of the NDP |
| * |
| * Sometimes the device understands that it needs to close |
| * the Service Period unexpectedly. This can happen when |
| * sending frames that are filling holes in the BA window. |
| * In this case, the device can ask mac80211 to send a |
| * Nullfunc frame with EOSP set. When that happens, the |
| * driver must have called ieee80211_sta_set_buffered() to |
| * let mac80211 know that there are no buffered frames any |
| * more, otherwise mac80211 will get the more_data bit wrong. |
| * The low level driver must have made sure that the frame |
| * will be sent despite the station being in power-save. |
| * Mac80211 won't call allow_buffered_frames(). |
| * Note that calling this function, doesn't exempt the driver |
| * from closing the EOSP properly, it will still have to call |
| * ieee80211_sta_eosp when the NDP is sent. |
| */ |
| void ieee80211_send_eosp_nullfunc(struct ieee80211_sta *pubsta, int tid); |
| |
| /** |
| * ieee80211_sta_recalc_aggregates - recalculate aggregate data after a change |
| * @pubsta: the station |
| * |
| * Call this function after changing a per-link aggregate data as referenced in |
| * &struct ieee80211_sta_aggregates by accessing the agg field of |
| * &struct ieee80211_link_sta. |
| * |
| * With non MLO the data in deflink will be referenced directly. In that case |
| * there is no need to call this function. |
| */ |
| void ieee80211_sta_recalc_aggregates(struct ieee80211_sta *pubsta); |
| |
| /** |
| * ieee80211_sta_register_airtime - register airtime usage for a sta/tid |
| * |
| * Register airtime usage for a given sta on a given tid. The driver must call |
| * this function to notify mac80211 that a station used a certain amount of |
| * airtime. This information will be used by the TXQ scheduler to schedule |
| * stations in a way that ensures airtime fairness. |
| * |
| * The reported airtime should as a minimum include all time that is spent |
| * transmitting to the remote station, including overhead and padding, but not |
| * including time spent waiting for a TXOP. If the time is not reported by the |
| * hardware it can in some cases be calculated from the rate and known frame |
| * composition. When possible, the time should include any failed transmission |
| * attempts. |
| * |
| * The driver can either call this function synchronously for every packet or |
| * aggregate, or asynchronously as airtime usage information becomes available. |
| * TX and RX airtime can be reported together, or separately by setting one of |
| * them to 0. |
| * |
| * @pubsta: the station |
| * @tid: the TID to register airtime for |
| * @tx_airtime: airtime used during TX (in usec) |
| * @rx_airtime: airtime used during RX (in usec) |
| */ |
| void ieee80211_sta_register_airtime(struct ieee80211_sta *pubsta, u8 tid, |
| u32 tx_airtime, u32 rx_airtime); |
| |
| /** |
| * ieee80211_txq_airtime_check - check if a txq can send frame to device |
| * |
| * @hw: pointer obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw() |
| * @txq: pointer obtained from station or virtual interface |
| * |
| * Return true if the AQL's airtime limit has not been reached and the txq can |
| * continue to send more packets to the device. Otherwise return false. |
| */ |
| bool |
| ieee80211_txq_airtime_check(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct ieee80211_txq *txq); |
| |
| /** |
| * ieee80211_iter_keys - iterate keys programmed into the device |
| * @hw: pointer obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw() |
| * @vif: virtual interface to iterate, may be %NULL for all |
| * @iter: iterator function that will be called for each key |
| * @iter_data: custom data to pass to the iterator function |
| * |
| * This function can be used to iterate all the keys known to |
| * mac80211, even those that weren't previously programmed into |
| * the device. This is intended for use in WoWLAN if the device |
| * needs reprogramming of the keys during suspend. Note that due |
| * to locking reasons, it is also only safe to call this at few |
| * spots since it must hold the RTNL and be able to sleep. |
| * |
| * The order in which the keys are iterated matches the order |
| * in which they were originally installed and handed to the |
| * set_key callback. |
| */ |
| void ieee80211_iter_keys(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, |
| struct ieee80211_vif *vif, |
| void (*iter)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, |
| struct ieee80211_vif *vif, |
| struct ieee80211_sta *sta, |
| struct ieee80211_key_conf *key, |
| void *data), |
| void *iter_data); |
| |
| /** |
| * ieee80211_iter_keys_rcu - iterate keys programmed into the device |
| * @hw: pointer obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw() |
| * @vif: virtual interface to iterate, may be %NULL for all |
| * @iter: iterator function that will be called for each key |
| * @iter_data: custom data to pass to the iterator function |
| * |
| * This function can be used to iterate all the keys known to |
| * mac80211, even those that weren't previously programmed into |
| * the device. Note that due to locking reasons, keys of station |
| * in removal process will be skipped. |
| * |
| * This function requires being called in an RCU critical section, |
| * and thus iter must be atomic. |
| */ |
| void ieee80211_iter_keys_rcu(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, |
| struct ieee80211_vif *vif, |
| void (*iter)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, |
| struct ieee80211_vif *vif, |
| struct ieee80211_sta *sta, |
| struct ieee80211_key_conf *key, |
| void *data), |
| void *iter_data); |
| |
| /** |
| * ieee80211_iter_chan_contexts_atomic - iterate channel contexts |
| * @hw: pointer obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw(). |
| * @iter: iterator function |
| * @iter_data: data passed to iterator function |
| * |
| * Iterate all active channel contexts. This function is atomic and |
| * doesn't acquire any locks internally that might be held in other |
| * places while calling into the driver. |
| * |
| * The iterator will not find a context that's being added (during |
| * the driver callback to add it) but will find it while it's being |
| * removed. |
| * |
| * Note that during hardware restart, all contexts that existed |
| * before the restart are considered already present so will be |
| * found while iterating, whether they've been re-added already |
| * or not. |
| */ |
| void ieee80211_iter_chan_contexts_atomic( |
| struct ieee80211_hw *hw, |
| void (*iter)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, |
| struct ieee80211_chanctx_conf *chanctx_conf, |
| void *data), |
| void *iter_data); |
| |
| /** |
| * ieee80211_ap_probereq_get - retrieve a Probe Request template |
| * @hw: pointer obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw(). |
| * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback. |
| * |
| * Creates a Probe Request template which can, for example, be uploaded to |
| * hardware. The template is filled with bssid, ssid and supported rate |
| * information. This function must only be called from within the |
| * .bss_info_changed callback function and only in managed mode. The function |
| * is only useful when the interface is associated, otherwise it will return |
| * %NULL. |
| * |
| * Return: The Probe Request template. %NULL on error. |
| */ |
| struct sk_buff *ieee80211_ap_probereq_get(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, |
| struct ieee80211_vif *vif); |
| |
| /** |
| * ieee80211_beacon_loss - inform hardware does not receive beacons |
| * |
| * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback. |
| * |
| * When beacon filtering is enabled with %IEEE80211_VIF_BEACON_FILTER and |
| * %IEEE80211_CONF_PS is set, the driver needs to inform whenever the |
| * hardware is not receiving beacons with this function. |
| */ |
| void ieee80211_beacon_loss(struct ieee80211_vif *vif); |
| |
| /** |
| * ieee80211_connection_loss - inform hardware has lost connection to the AP |
| * |
| * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback. |
| * |
| * When beacon filtering is enabled with %IEEE80211_VIF_BEACON_FILTER, and |
| * %IEEE80211_CONF_PS and %IEEE80211_HW_CONNECTION_MONITOR are set, the driver |
| * needs to inform if the connection to the AP has been lost. |
| * The function may also be called if the connection needs to be terminated |
| * for some other reason, even if %IEEE80211_HW_CONNECTION_MONITOR isn't set. |
| * |
| * This function will cause immediate change to disassociated state, |
| * without connection recovery attempts. |
| */ |
| void ieee80211_connection_loss(struct ieee80211_vif *vif); |
| |
| /** |
| * ieee80211_disconnect - request disconnection |
| * |
| * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback. |
| * @reconnect: immediate reconnect is desired |
| * |
| * Request disconnection from the current network and, if enabled, send a |
| * hint to the higher layers that immediate reconnect is desired. |
| */ |
| void ieee80211_disconnect(struct ieee80211_vif *vif, bool reconnect); |
| |
| /** |
| * ieee80211_resume_disconnect - disconnect from AP after resume |
| * |
| * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback. |
| * |
| * Instructs mac80211 to disconnect from the AP after resume. |
| * Drivers can use this after WoWLAN if they know that the |
| * connection cannot be kept up, for example because keys were |
| * used while the device was asleep but the replay counters or |
| * similar cannot be retrieved from the device during resume. |
| * |
| * Note that due to implementation issues, if the driver uses |
| * the reconfiguration functionality during resume the interface |
| * will still be added as associated first during resume and then |
| * disconnect normally later. |
| * |
| * This function can only be called from the resume callback and |
| * the driver must not be holding any of its own locks while it |
| * calls this function, or at least not any locks it needs in the |
| * key configuration paths (if it supports HW crypto). |
| */ |
| void ieee80211_resume_disconnect(struct ieee80211_vif *vif); |
| |
| /** |
| * ieee80211_hw_restart_disconnect - disconnect from AP after |
| * hardware restart |
| * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback. |
| * |
| * Instructs mac80211 to disconnect from the AP after |
| * hardware restart. |
| */ |
| void ieee80211_hw_restart_disconnect(struct ieee80211_vif *vif); |
| |
| /** |
| * ieee80211_cqm_rssi_notify - inform a configured connection quality monitoring |
| * rssi threshold triggered |
| * |
| * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback. |
| * @rssi_event: the RSSI trigger event type |
| * @rssi_level: new RSSI level value or 0 if not available |
| * @gfp: context flags |
| * |
| * When the %IEEE80211_VIF_SUPPORTS_CQM_RSSI is set, and a connection quality |
| * monitoring is configured with an rssi threshold, the driver will inform |
| * whenever the rssi level reaches the threshold. |
| */ |
| void ieee80211_cqm_rssi_notify(struct ieee80211_vif *vif, |
| enum nl80211_cqm_rssi_threshold_event rssi_event, |
| s32 rssi_level, |
| gfp_t gfp); |
| |
| /** |
| * ieee80211_cqm_beacon_loss_notify - inform CQM of beacon loss |
| * |
| * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback. |
| * @gfp: context flags |
| */ |
| void ieee80211_cqm_beacon_loss_notify(struct ieee80211_vif *vif, gfp_t gfp); |
| |
| /** |
| * ieee80211_radar_detected - inform that a radar was detected |
| * |
| * @hw: pointer as obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw() |
| */ |
| void ieee80211_radar_detected(struct ieee80211_hw *hw); |
| |
| /** |
| * ieee80211_chswitch_done - Complete channel switch process |
| * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback. |
| * @success: make the channel switch successful or not |
| * |
| * Complete the channel switch post-process: set the new operational channel |
| * and wake up the suspended queues. |
| */ |
| void ieee80211_chswitch_done(struct ieee80211_vif *vif, bool success); |
| |
| /** |
| * ieee80211_channel_switch_disconnect - disconnect due to channel switch error |
| * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback. |
| * @block_tx: if %true, do not send deauth frame. |
| * |
| * Instruct mac80211 to disconnect due to a channel switch error. The channel |
| * switch can request to block the tx and so, we need to make sure we do not send |
| * a deauth frame in this case. |
| */ |
| void ieee80211_channel_switch_disconnect(struct ieee80211_vif *vif, |
| bool block_tx); |
| |
| /** |
| * ieee80211_request_smps - request SM PS transition |
| * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback. |
| * @link_id: link ID for MLO, or 0 |
| * @smps_mode: new SM PS mode |
| * |
| * This allows the driver to request an SM PS transition in managed |
| * mode. This is useful when the driver has more information than |
| * the stack about possible interference, for example by bluetooth. |
| */ |
| void ieee80211_request_smps(struct ieee80211_vif *vif, unsigned int link_id, |
| enum ieee80211_smps_mode smps_mode); |
| |
| /** |
| * ieee80211_ready_on_channel - notification of remain-on-channel start |
| * @hw: pointer as obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw() |
| */ |
| void ieee80211_ready_on_channel(struct ieee80211_hw *hw); |
| |
| /** |
| * ieee80211_remain_on_channel_expired - remain_on_channel duration expired |
| * @hw: pointer as obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw() |
| */ |
| void ieee80211_remain_on_channel_expired(struct ieee80211_hw *hw); |
| |
| /** |
| * ieee80211_stop_rx_ba_session - callback to stop existing BA sessions |
| * |
| * in order not to harm the system performance and user experience, the device |
| * may request not to allow any rx ba session and tear down existing rx ba |
| * sessions based on system constraints such as periodic BT activity that needs |
| * to limit wlan activity (eg.sco or a2dp)." |
| * in such cases, the intention is to limit the duration of the rx ppdu and |
| * therefore prevent the peer device to use a-mpdu aggregation. |
| * |
| * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback. |
| * @ba_rx_bitmap: Bit map of open rx ba per tid |
| * @addr: & to bssid mac address |
| */ |
| void ieee80211_stop_rx_ba_session(struct ieee80211_vif *vif, u16 ba_rx_bitmap, |
| const u8 *addr); |
| |
| /** |
| * ieee80211_mark_rx_ba_filtered_frames - move RX BA window and mark filtered |
| * @pubsta: station struct |
| * @tid: the session's TID |
| * @ssn: starting sequence number of the bitmap, all frames before this are |
| * assumed to be out of the window after the call |
| * @filtered: bitmap of filtered frames, BIT(0) is the @ssn entry etc. |
| * @received_mpdus: number of received mpdus in firmware |
| * |
| * This function moves the BA window and releases all frames before @ssn, and |
| * marks frames marked in the bitmap as having been filtered. Afterwards, it |
| * checks if any frames in the window starting from @ssn can now be released |
| * (in case they were only waiting for frames that were filtered.) |
| */ |
| void ieee80211_mark_rx_ba_filtered_frames(struct ieee80211_sta *pubsta, u8 tid, |
| u16 ssn, u64 filtered, |
| u16 received_mpdus); |
| |
| /** |
| * ieee80211_send_bar - send a BlockAckReq frame |
| * |
| * can be used to flush pending frames from the peer's aggregation reorder |
| * buffer. |
| * |
| * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback. |
| * @ra: the peer's destination address |
| * @tid: the TID of the aggregation session |
| * @ssn: the new starting sequence number for the receiver |
| */ |
| void ieee80211_send_bar(struct ieee80211_vif *vif, u8 *ra, u16 tid, u16 ssn); |
| |
| /** |
| * ieee80211_manage_rx_ba_offl - helper to queue an RX BA work |
| * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback |
| * @addr: station mac address |
| * @tid: the rx tid |
| */ |
| void ieee80211_manage_rx_ba_offl(struct ieee80211_vif *vif, const u8 *addr, |
| unsigned int tid); |
| |
| /** |
| * ieee80211_start_rx_ba_session_offl - start a Rx BA session |
| * |
| * Some device drivers may offload part of the Rx aggregation flow including |
| * AddBa/DelBa negotiation but may otherwise be incapable of full Rx |
| * reordering. |
| * |
| * Create structures responsible for reordering so device drivers may call here |
| * when they complete AddBa negotiation. |
| * |
| * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback |
| * @addr: station mac address |
| * @tid: the rx tid |
| */ |
| static inline void ieee80211_start_rx_ba_session_offl(struct ieee80211_vif *vif, |
| const u8 *addr, u16 tid) |
| { |
| if (WARN_ON(tid >= IEEE80211_NUM_TIDS)) |
| return; |
| ieee80211_manage_rx_ba_offl(vif, addr, tid); |
| } |
| |
| /** |
| * ieee80211_stop_rx_ba_session_offl - stop a Rx BA session |
| * |
| * Some device drivers may offload part of the Rx aggregation flow including |
| * AddBa/DelBa negotiation but may otherwise be incapable of full Rx |
| * reordering. |
| * |
| * Destroy structures responsible for reordering so device drivers may call here |
| * when they complete DelBa negotiation. |
| * |
| * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback |
| * @addr: station mac address |
| * @tid: the rx tid |
| */ |
| static inline void ieee80211_stop_rx_ba_session_offl(struct ieee80211_vif *vif, |
| const u8 *addr, u16 tid) |
| { |
| if (WARN_ON(tid >= IEEE80211_NUM_TIDS)) |
| return; |
| ieee80211_manage_rx_ba_offl(vif, addr, tid + IEEE80211_NUM_TIDS); |
| } |
| |
| /** |
| * ieee80211_rx_ba_timer_expired - stop a Rx BA session due to timeout |
| * |
| * Some device drivers do not offload AddBa/DelBa negotiation, but handle rx |
| * buffer reording internally, and therefore also handle the session timer. |
| * |
| * Trigger the timeout flow, which sends a DelBa. |
| * |
| * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback |
| * @addr: station mac address |
| * @tid: the rx tid |
| */ |
| void ieee80211_rx_ba_timer_expired(struct ieee80211_vif *vif, |
| const u8 *addr, unsigned int tid); |
| |
| /* Rate control API */ |
| |
| /** |
| * struct ieee80211_tx_rate_control - rate control information for/from RC algo |
| * |
| * @hw: The hardware the algorithm is invoked for. |
| * @sband: The band this frame is being transmitted on. |
| * @bss_conf: the current BSS configuration |
| * @skb: the skb that will be transmitted, the control information in it needs |
| * to be filled in |
| * @reported_rate: The rate control algorithm can fill this in to indicate |
| * which rate should be reported to userspace as the current rate and |
| * used for rate calculations in the mesh network. |
| * @rts: whether RTS will be used for this frame because it is longer than the |
| * RTS threshold |
| * @short_preamble: whether mac80211 will request short-preamble transmission |
| * if the selected rate supports it |
| * @rate_idx_mask: user-requested (legacy) rate mask |
| * @rate_idx_mcs_mask: user-requested MCS rate mask (NULL if not in use) |
| * @bss: whether this frame is sent out in AP or IBSS mode |
| */ |
| struct ieee80211_tx_rate_control { |
| struct ieee80211_hw *hw; |
| struct ieee80211_supported_band *sband; |
| struct ieee80211_bss_conf *bss_conf; |
| struct sk_buff *skb; |
| struct ieee80211_tx_rate reported_rate; |
| bool rts, short_preamble; |
| u32 rate_idx_mask; |
| u8 *rate_idx_mcs_mask; |
| bool bss; |
| }; |
| |
| /** |
| * enum rate_control_capabilities - rate control capabilities |
| */ |
| enum rate_control_capabilities { |
| /** |
| * @RATE_CTRL_CAPA_VHT_EXT_NSS_BW: |
| * Support for extended NSS BW support (dot11VHTExtendedNSSCapable) |
| * Note that this is only looked at if the minimum number of chains |
| * that the AP uses is < the number of TX chains the hardware has, |
| * otherwise the NSS difference doesn't bother us. |
| */ |
| RATE_CTRL_CAPA_VHT_EXT_NSS_BW = BIT(0), |
| /** |
| * @RATE_CTRL_CAPA_AMPDU_TRIGGER: |
| * mac80211 should start A-MPDU sessions on tx |
| */ |
| RATE_CTRL_CAPA_AMPDU_TRIGGER = BIT(1), |
| }; |
| |
| struct rate_control_ops { |
| unsigned long capa; |
| const char *name; |
| void *(*alloc)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw); |
| void (*add_debugfs)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, void *priv, |
| struct dentry *debugfsdir); |
| void (*free)(void *priv); |
| |
| void *(*alloc_sta)(void *priv, struct ieee80211_sta *sta, gfp_t gfp); |
| void (*rate_init)(void *priv, struct ieee80211_supported_band *sband, |
| struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef, |
| struct ieee80211_sta *sta, void *priv_sta); |
| void (*rate_update)(void *priv, struct ieee80211_supported_band *sband, |
| struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef, |
| struct ieee80211_sta *sta, void *priv_sta, |
| u32 changed); |
| void (*free_sta)(void *priv, struct ieee80211_sta *sta, |
| void *priv_sta); |
| |
| void (*tx_status_ext)(void *priv, |
| struct ieee80211_supported_band *sband, |
| void *priv_sta, struct ieee80211_tx_status *st); |
| void (*tx_status)(void *priv, struct ieee80211_supported_band *sband, |
| struct ieee80211_sta *sta, void *priv_sta, |
| struct sk_buff *skb); |
| void (*get_rate)(void *priv, struct ieee80211_sta *sta, void *priv_sta, |
| struct ieee80211_tx_rate_control *txrc); |
| |
| void (*add_sta_debugfs)(void *priv, void *priv_sta, |
| struct dentry *dir); |
| |
| u32 (*get_expected_throughput)(void *priv_sta); |
| }; |
| |
| static inline int rate_supported(struct ieee80211_sta *sta, |
| enum nl80211_band band, |
| int index) |
| { |
| return (sta == NULL || sta->deflink.supp_rates[band] & BIT(index)); |
| } |
| |
| static inline s8 |
| rate_lowest_index(struct ieee80211_supported_band *sband, |
| struct ieee80211_sta *sta) |
| { |
| int i; |
| |
| for (i = 0; i < sband->n_bitrates; i++) |
| if (rate_supported(sta, sband->band, i)) |
| return i; |
| |
| /* warn when we cannot find a rate. */ |
| WARN_ON_ONCE(1); |
| |
| /* and return 0 (the lowest index) */ |
| return 0; |
| } |
| |
| static inline |
| bool rate_usable_index_exists(struct ieee80211_supported_band *sband, |
| struct ieee80211_sta *sta) |
| { |
| unsigned int i; |
| |
| for (i = 0; i < sband->n_bitrates; i++) |
| if (rate_supported(sta, sband->band, i)) |
| return true; |
| return false; |
| } |
| |
| /** |
| * rate_control_set_rates - pass the sta rate selection to mac80211/driver |
| * |
| * When not doing a rate control probe to test rates, rate control should pass |
| * its rate selection to mac80211. If the driver supports receiving a station |
| * rate table, it will use it to ensure that frames are always sent based on |
| * the most recent rate control module decision. |
| * |
| * @hw: pointer as obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw() |
| * @pubsta: &struct ieee80211_sta pointer to the target destination. |
| * @rates: new tx rate set to be used for this station. |
| */ |
| int rate_control_set_rates(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, |
| struct ieee80211_sta *pubsta, |
| struct ieee80211_sta_rates *rates); |
| |
| int ieee80211_rate_control_register(const struct rate_control_ops *ops); |
| void ieee80211_rate_control_unregister(const struct rate_control_ops *ops); |
| |
| static inline bool |
| conf_is_ht20(struct ieee80211_conf *conf) |
| { |
| return conf->chandef.width == NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_20; |
| } |
| |
| static inline bool |
| conf_is_ht40_minus(struct ieee80211_conf *conf) |
| { |
| return conf->chandef.width == NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_40 && |
| conf->chandef.center_freq1 < conf->chandef.chan->center_freq; |
| } |
| |
| static inline bool |
| conf_is_ht40_plus(struct ieee80211_conf *conf) |
| { |
| return conf->chandef.width == NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_40 && |
| conf->chandef.center_freq1 > conf->chandef.chan->center_freq; |
| } |
| |
| static inline bool |
| conf_is_ht40(struct ieee80211_conf *conf) |
| { |
| return conf->chandef.width == NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_40; |
| } |
| |
| static inline bool |
| conf_is_ht(struct ieee80211_conf *conf) |
| { |
| return (conf->chandef.width != NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_5) && |
| (conf->chandef.width != NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_10) && |
| (conf->chandef.width != NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_20_NOHT); |
| } |
| |
| static inline enum nl80211_iftype |
| ieee80211_iftype_p2p(enum nl80211_iftype type, bool p2p) |
| { |
| if (p2p) { |
| switch (type) { |
| case NL80211_IFTYPE_STATION: |
| return NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_CLIENT; |
| case NL80211_IFTYPE_AP: |
| return NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_GO; |
| default: |
| break; |
| } |
| } |
| return type; |
| } |
| |
| static inline enum nl80211_iftype |
| ieee80211_vif_type_p2p(struct ieee80211_vif *vif) |
| { |
| return ieee80211_iftype_p2p(vif->type, vif->p2p); |
| } |
| |
| /** |
| * ieee80211_update_mu_groups - set the VHT MU-MIMO groud data |
| * |
| * @vif: the specified virtual interface |
| * @link_id: the link ID for MLO, otherwise 0 |
| * @membership: 64 bits array - a bit is set if station is member of the group |
| * @position: 2 bits per group id indicating the position in the group |
| * |
| * Note: This function assumes that the given vif is valid and the position and |
| * membership data is of the correct size and are in the same byte order as the |
| * matching GroupId management frame. |
| * Calls to this function need to be serialized with RX path. |
| */ |
| void ieee80211_update_mu_groups(struct ieee80211_vif *vif, unsigned int link_id, |
| const u8 *membership, const u8 *position); |
| |
| void ieee80211_enable_rssi_reports(struct ieee80211_vif *vif, |
| int rssi_min_thold, |
| int rssi_max_thold); |
| |
| void ieee80211_disable_rssi_reports(struct ieee80211_vif *vif); |
| |
| /** |
| * ieee80211_ave_rssi - report the average RSSI for the specified interface |
| * |
| * @vif: the specified virtual interface |
| * |
| * Note: This function assumes that the given vif is valid. |
| * |
| * Return: The average RSSI value for the requested interface, or 0 if not |
| * applicable. |
| */ |
| int ieee80211_ave_rssi(struct ieee80211_vif *vif); |
| |
| /** |
| * ieee80211_report_wowlan_wakeup - report WoWLAN wakeup |
| * @vif: virtual interface |
| * @wakeup: wakeup reason(s) |
| * @gfp: allocation flags |
| * |
| * See cfg80211_report_wowlan_wakeup(). |
| */ |
| void ieee80211_report_wowlan_wakeup(struct ieee80211_vif *vif, |
| struct cfg80211_wowlan_wakeup *wakeup, |
| gfp_t gfp); |
| |
| /** |
| * ieee80211_tx_prepare_skb - prepare an 802.11 skb for transmission |
| * @hw: pointer as obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw() |
| * @vif: virtual interface |
| * @skb: frame to be sent from within the driver |
| * @band: the band to transmit on |
| * @sta: optional pointer to get the station to send the frame to |
| * |
| * Note: must be called under RCU lock |
| */ |
| bool ieee80211_tx_prepare_skb(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, |
| struct ieee80211_vif *vif, struct sk_buff *skb, |
| int band, struct ieee80211_sta **sta); |
| |
| /** |
| * ieee80211_parse_tx_radiotap - Sanity-check and parse the radiotap header |
| * of injected frames. |
| * |
| * To accurately parse and take into account rate and retransmission fields, |
| * you must initialize the chandef field in the ieee80211_tx_info structure |
| * of the skb before calling this function. |
| * |
| * @skb: packet injected by userspace |
| * @dev: the &struct device of this 802.11 device |
| */ |
| bool ieee80211_parse_tx_radiotap(struct sk_buff *skb, |
| struct net_device *dev); |
| |
| /** |
| * struct ieee80211_noa_data - holds temporary data for tracking P2P NoA state |
| * |
| * @next_tsf: TSF timestamp of the next absent state change |
| * @has_next_tsf: next absent state change event pending |
| * |
| * @absent: descriptor bitmask, set if GO is currently absent |
| * |
| * private: |
| * |
| * @count: count fields from the NoA descriptors |
| * @desc: adjusted data from the NoA |
| */ |
| struct ieee80211_noa_data { |
| u32 next_tsf; |
| bool has_next_tsf; |
| |
| u8 absent; |
| |
| u8 count[IEEE80211_P2P_NOA_DESC_MAX]; |
| struct { |
| u32 start; |
| u32 duration; |
| u32 interval; |
| } desc[IEEE80211_P2P_NOA_DESC_MAX]; |
| }; |
| |
| /** |
| * ieee80211_parse_p2p_noa - initialize NoA tracking data from P2P IE |
| * |
| * @attr: P2P NoA IE |
| * @data: NoA tracking data |
| * @tsf: current TSF timestamp |
| * |
| * Return: number of successfully parsed descriptors |
| */ |
| int ieee80211_parse_p2p_noa(const struct ieee80211_p2p_noa_attr *attr, |
| struct ieee80211_noa_data *data, u32 tsf); |
| |
| /** |
| * ieee80211_update_p2p_noa - get next pending P2P GO absent state change |
| * |
| * @data: NoA tracking data |
| * @tsf: current TSF timestamp |
| */ |
| void ieee80211_update_p2p_noa(struct ieee80211_noa_data *data, u32 tsf); |
| |
| /** |
| * ieee80211_tdls_oper_request - request userspace to perform a TDLS operation |
| * @vif: virtual interface |
| * @peer: the peer's destination address |
| * @oper: the requested TDLS operation |
| * @reason_code: reason code for the operation, valid for TDLS teardown |
| * @gfp: allocation flags |
| * |
| * See cfg80211_tdls_oper_request(). |
| */ |
| void ieee80211_tdls_oper_request(struct ieee80211_vif *vif, const u8 *peer, |
| enum nl80211_tdls_operation oper, |
| u16 reason_code, gfp_t gfp); |
| |
| /** |
| * ieee80211_reserve_tid - request to reserve a specific TID |
| * |
| * There is sometimes a need (such as in TDLS) for blocking the driver from |
| * using a specific TID so that the FW can use it for certain operations such |
| * as sending PTI requests. To make sure that the driver doesn't use that TID, |
| * this function must be called as it flushes out packets on this TID and marks |
| * it as blocked, so that any transmit for the station on this TID will be |
| * redirected to the alternative TID in the same AC. |
| * |
| * Note that this function blocks and may call back into the driver, so it |
| * should be called without driver locks held. Also note this function should |
| * only be called from the driver's @sta_state callback. |
| * |
| * @sta: the station to reserve the TID for |
| * @tid: the TID to reserve |
| * |
| * Returns: 0 on success, else on failure |
| */ |
| int ieee80211_reserve_tid(struct ieee80211_sta *sta, u8 tid); |
| |
| /** |
| * ieee80211_unreserve_tid - request to unreserve a specific TID |
| * |
| * Once there is no longer any need for reserving a certain TID, this function |
| * should be called, and no longer will packets have their TID modified for |
| * preventing use of this TID in the driver. |
| * |
| * Note that this function blocks and acquires a lock, so it should be called |
| * without driver locks held. Also note this function should only be called |
| * from the driver's @sta_state callback. |
| * |
| * @sta: the station |
| * @tid: the TID to unreserve |
| */ |
| void ieee80211_unreserve_tid(struct ieee80211_sta *sta, u8 tid); |
| |
| /** |
| * ieee80211_tx_dequeue - dequeue a packet from a software tx queue |
| * |
| * @hw: pointer as obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw() |
| * @txq: pointer obtained from station or virtual interface, or from |
| * ieee80211_next_txq() |
| * |
| * Returns the skb if successful, %NULL if no frame was available. |
| * |
| * Note that this must be called in an rcu_read_lock() critical section, |
| * which can only be released after the SKB was handled. Some pointers in |
| * skb->cb, e.g. the key pointer, are protected by RCU and thus the |
| * critical section must persist not just for the duration of this call |
| * but for the duration of the frame handling. |
| * However, also note that while in the wake_tx_queue() method, |
| * rcu_read_lock() is already held. |
| * |
| * softirqs must also be disabled when this function is called. |
| * In process context, use ieee80211_tx_dequeue_ni() instead. |
| */ |
| struct sk_buff *ieee80211_tx_dequeue(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, |
| struct ieee80211_txq *txq); |
| |
| /** |
| * ieee80211_tx_dequeue_ni - dequeue a packet from a software tx queue |
| * (in process context) |
| * |
| * Like ieee80211_tx_dequeue() but can be called in process context |
| * (internally disables bottom halves). |
| * |
| * @hw: pointer as obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw() |
| * @txq: pointer obtained from station or virtual interface, or from |
| * ieee80211_next_txq() |
| */ |
| static inline struct sk_buff *ieee80211_tx_dequeue_ni(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, |
| struct ieee80211_txq *txq) |
| { |
| struct sk_buff *skb; |
| |
| local_bh_disable(); |
| skb = ieee80211_tx_dequeue(hw, txq); |
| local_bh_enable(); |
| |
| return skb; |
| } |
| |
| /** |
| * ieee80211_handle_wake_tx_queue - mac80211 handler for wake_tx_queue callback |
| * |
| * @hw: pointer as obtained from wake_tx_queue() callback(). |
| * @txq: pointer as obtained from wake_tx_queue() callback(). |
| * |
| * Drivers can use this function for the mandatory mac80211 wake_tx_queue |
| * callback in struct ieee80211_ops. They should not call this function. |
| */ |
| void ieee80211_handle_wake_tx_queue(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, |
| struct ieee80211_txq *txq); |
| |
| /** |
| * ieee80211_next_txq - get next tx queue to pull packets from |
| * |
| * @hw: pointer as obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw() |
| * @ac: AC number to return packets from. |
| * |
| * Returns the next txq if successful, %NULL if no queue is eligible. If a txq |
| * is returned, it should be returned with ieee80211_return_txq() after the |
| * driver has finished scheduling it. |
| */ |
| struct ieee80211_txq *ieee80211_next_txq(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, u8 ac); |
| |
| /** |
| * ieee80211_txq_schedule_start - start new scheduling round for TXQs |
| * |
| * @hw: pointer as obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw() |
| * @ac: AC number to acquire locks for |
| * |
| * Should be called before ieee80211_next_txq() or ieee80211_return_txq(). |
| * The driver must not call multiple TXQ scheduling rounds concurrently. |
| */ |
| void ieee80211_txq_schedule_start(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, u8 ac); |
| |
| /* (deprecated) */ |
| static inline void ieee80211_txq_schedule_end(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, u8 ac) |
| { |
| } |
| |
| void __ieee80211_schedule_txq(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, |
| struct ieee80211_txq *txq, bool force); |
| |
| /** |
| * ieee80211_schedule_txq - schedule a TXQ for transmission |
| * |
| * @hw: pointer as obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw() |
| * @txq: pointer obtained from station or virtual interface |
| * |
| * Schedules a TXQ for transmission if it is not already scheduled, |
| * even if mac80211 does not have any packets buffered. |
| * |
| * The driver may call this function if it has buffered packets for |
| * this TXQ internally. |
| */ |
| static inline void |
| ieee80211_schedule_txq(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct ieee80211_txq *txq) |
| { |
| __ieee80211_schedule_txq(hw, txq, true); |
| } |
| |
| /** |
| * ieee80211_return_txq - return a TXQ previously acquired by ieee80211_next_txq() |
| * |
| * @hw: pointer as obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw() |
| * @txq: pointer obtained from station or virtual interface |
| * @force: schedule txq even if mac80211 does not have any buffered packets. |
| * |
| * The driver may set force=true if it has buffered packets for this TXQ |
| * internally. |
| */ |
| static inline void |
| ieee80211_return_txq(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct ieee80211_txq *txq, |
| bool force) |
| { |
| __ieee80211_schedule_txq(hw, txq, force); |
| } |
| |
| /** |
| * ieee80211_txq_may_transmit - check whether TXQ is allowed to transmit |
| * |
| * This function is used to check whether given txq is allowed to transmit by |
| * the airtime scheduler, and can be used by drivers to access the airtime |
| * fairness accounting without going using the scheduling order enfored by |
| * next_txq(). |
| * |
| * Returns %true if the airtime scheduler thinks the TXQ should be allowed to |
| * transmit, and %false if it should be throttled. This function can also have |
| * the side effect of rotating the TXQ in the scheduler rotation, which will |
| * eventually bring the deficit to positive and allow the station to transmit |
| * again. |
| * |
| * The API ieee80211_txq_may_transmit() also ensures that TXQ list will be |
| * aligned against driver's own round-robin scheduler list. i.e it rotates |
| * the TXQ list till it makes the requested node becomes the first entry |
| * in TXQ list. Thus both the TXQ list and driver's list are in sync. If this |
| * function returns %true, the driver is expected to schedule packets |
| * for transmission, and then return the TXQ through ieee80211_return_txq(). |
| * |
| * @hw: pointer as obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw() |
| * @txq: pointer obtained from station or virtual interface |
| */ |
| bool ieee80211_txq_may_transmit(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, |
| struct ieee80211_txq *txq); |
| |
| /** |
| * ieee80211_txq_get_depth - get pending frame/byte count of given txq |
| * |
| * The values are not guaranteed to be coherent with regard to each other, i.e. |
| * txq state can change half-way of this function and the caller may end up |
| * with "new" frame_cnt and "old" byte_cnt or vice-versa. |
| * |
| * @txq: pointer obtained from station or virtual interface |
| * @frame_cnt: pointer to store frame count |
| * @byte_cnt: pointer to store byte count |
| */ |
| void ieee80211_txq_get_depth(struct ieee80211_txq *txq, |
| unsigned long *frame_cnt, |
| unsigned long *byte_cnt); |
| |
| /** |
| * ieee80211_nan_func_terminated - notify about NAN function termination. |
| * |
| * This function is used to notify mac80211 about NAN function termination. |
| * Note that this function can't be called from hard irq. |
| * |
| * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback. |
| * @inst_id: the local instance id |
| * @reason: termination reason (one of the NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON_*) |
| * @gfp: allocation flags |
| */ |
| void ieee80211_nan_func_terminated(struct ieee80211_vif *vif, |
| u8 inst_id, |
| enum nl80211_nan_func_term_reason reason, |
| gfp_t gfp); |
| |
| /** |
| * ieee80211_nan_func_match - notify about NAN function match event. |
| * |
| * This function is used to notify mac80211 about NAN function match. The |
| * cookie inside the match struct will be assigned by mac80211. |
| * Note that this function can't be called from hard irq. |
| * |
| * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback. |
| * @match: match event information |
| * @gfp: allocation flags |
| */ |
| void ieee80211_nan_func_match(struct ieee80211_vif *vif, |
| struct cfg80211_nan_match_params *match, |
| gfp_t gfp); |
| |
| /** |
| * ieee80211_calc_rx_airtime - calculate estimated transmission airtime for RX. |
| * |
| * This function calculates the estimated airtime usage of a frame based on the |
| * rate information in the RX status struct and the frame length. |
| * |
| * @hw: pointer as obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw() |
| * @status: &struct ieee80211_rx_status containing the transmission rate |
| * information. |
| * @len: frame length in bytes |
| */ |
| u32 ieee80211_calc_rx_airtime(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, |
| struct ieee80211_rx_status *status, |
| int len); |
| |
| /** |
| * ieee80211_calc_tx_airtime - calculate estimated transmission airtime for TX. |
| * |
| * This function calculates the estimated airtime usage of a frame based on the |
| * rate information in the TX info struct and the frame length. |
| * |
| * @hw: pointer as obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw() |
| * @info: &struct ieee80211_tx_info of the frame. |
| * @len: frame length in bytes |
| */ |
| u32 ieee80211_calc_tx_airtime(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, |
| struct ieee80211_tx_info *info, |
| int len); |
| /** |
| * ieee80211_set_hw_80211_encap - enable hardware encapsulation offloading. |
| * |
| * This function is used to notify mac80211 that a vif can be passed raw 802.3 |
| * frames. The driver needs to then handle the 802.11 encapsulation inside the |
| * hardware or firmware. |
| * |
| * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback. |
| * @enable: indicate if the feature should be turned on or off |
| */ |
| bool ieee80211_set_hw_80211_encap(struct ieee80211_vif *vif, bool enable); |
| |
| /** |
| * ieee80211_get_fils_discovery_tmpl - Get FILS discovery template. |
| * @hw: pointer obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw(). |
| * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback. |
| * |
| * The driver is responsible for freeing the returned skb. |
| * |
| * Return: FILS discovery template. %NULL on error. |
| */ |
| struct sk_buff *ieee80211_get_fils_discovery_tmpl(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, |
| struct ieee80211_vif *vif); |
| |
| /** |
| * ieee80211_get_unsol_bcast_probe_resp_tmpl - Get unsolicited broadcast |
| * probe response template. |
| * @hw: pointer obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw(). |
| * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback. |
| * |
| * The driver is responsible for freeing the returned skb. |
| * |
| * Return: Unsolicited broadcast probe response template. %NULL on error. |
| */ |
| struct sk_buff * |
| ieee80211_get_unsol_bcast_probe_resp_tmpl(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, |
| struct ieee80211_vif *vif); |
| |
| /** |
| * ieee80211_obss_color_collision_notify - notify userland about a BSS color |
| * collision. |
| * |
| * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback. |
| * @color_bitmap: a 64 bit bitmap representing the colors that the local BSS is |
| * aware of. |
| * @gfp: allocation flags |
| */ |
| void |
| ieee80211_obss_color_collision_notify(struct ieee80211_vif *vif, |
| u64 color_bitmap, gfp_t gfp); |
| |
| /** |
| * ieee80211_is_tx_data - check if frame is a data frame |
| * |
| * The function is used to check if a frame is a data frame. Frames with |
| * hardware encapsulation enabled are data frames. |
| * |
| * @skb: the frame to be transmitted. |
| */ |
| static inline bool ieee80211_is_tx_data(struct sk_buff *skb) |
| { |
| struct ieee80211_tx_info *info = IEEE80211_SKB_CB(skb); |
| struct ieee80211_hdr *hdr = (void *) skb->data; |
| |
| return info->flags & IEEE80211_TX_CTL_HW_80211_ENCAP || |
| ieee80211_is_data(hdr->frame_control); |
| } |
| |
| /** |
| * ieee80211_set_active_links - set active links in client mode |
| * @vif: interface to set active links on |
| * @active_links: the new active links bitmap |
| * |
| * This changes the active links on an interface. The interface |
| * must be in client mode (in AP mode, all links are always active), |
| * and @active_links must be a subset of the vif's valid_links. |
| * |
| * If a link is switched off and another is switched on at the same |
| * time (e.g. active_links going from 0x1 to 0x10) then you will get |
| * a sequence of calls like |
| * - change_vif_links(0x11) |
| * - unassign_vif_chanctx(link_id=0) |
| * - change_sta_links(0x11) for each affected STA (the AP) |
| * (TDLS connections on now inactive links should be torn down) |
| * - remove group keys on the old link (link_id 0) |
| * - add new group keys (GTK/IGTK/BIGTK) on the new link (link_id 4) |
| * - change_sta_links(0x10) for each affected STA (the AP) |
| * - assign_vif_chanctx(link_id=4) |
| * - change_vif_links(0x10) |
| * |
| * Note: This function acquires some mac80211 locks and must not |
| * be called with any driver locks held that could cause a |
| * lock dependency inversion. Best call it without locks. |
| */ |
| int ieee80211_set_active_links(struct ieee80211_vif *vif, u16 active_links); |
| |
| /** |
| * ieee80211_set_active_links_async - asynchronously set active links |
| * @vif: interface to set active links on |
| * @active_links: the new active links bitmap |
| * |
| * See ieee80211_set_active_links() for more information, the only |
| * difference here is that the link change is triggered async and |
| * can be called in any context, but the link switch will only be |
| * completed after it returns. |
| */ |
| void ieee80211_set_active_links_async(struct ieee80211_vif *vif, |
| u16 active_links); |
| |
| #endif /* MAC80211_H */ |
